Parent Directory
|
Revision Log
Expand compile workspace for very many forward references. This ups the limit by a factor of 100.
1 | /************************************************* |
2 | * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * |
3 | *************************************************/ |
4 | |
5 | /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax |
6 | and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. |
7 | |
8 | Written by Philip Hazel |
9 | Copyright (c) 1997-2011 University of Cambridge |
10 | |
11 | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
12 | Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without |
13 | modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: |
14 | |
15 | * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, |
16 | this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. |
17 | |
18 | * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright |
19 | notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the |
20 | documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. |
21 | |
22 | * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its |
23 | contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from |
24 | this software without specific prior written permission. |
25 | |
26 | THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" |
27 | AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE |
28 | IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE |
29 | ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE |
30 | LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR |
31 | CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF |
32 | SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS |
33 | INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN |
34 | CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) |
35 | ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE |
36 | POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. |
37 | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
38 | */ |
39 | |
40 | |
41 | /* This module contains the external function pcre_compile(), along with |
42 | supporting internal functions that are not used by other modules. */ |
43 | |
44 | |
45 | #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H |
46 | #include "config.h" |
47 | #endif |
48 | |
49 | #define NLBLOCK cd /* Block containing newline information */ |
50 | #define PSSTART start_pattern /* Field containing processed string start */ |
51 | #define PSEND end_pattern /* Field containing processed string end */ |
52 | |
53 | #include "pcre_internal.h" |
54 | |
55 | |
56 | /* When PCRE_DEBUG is defined, we need the pcre_printint() function, which is |
57 | also used by pcretest. PCRE_DEBUG is not defined when building a production |
58 | library. */ |
59 | |
60 | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
61 | #include "pcre_printint.src" |
62 | #endif |
63 | |
64 | |
65 | /* Macro for setting individual bits in class bitmaps. */ |
66 | |
67 | #define SETBIT(a,b) a[b/8] |= (1 << (b%8)) |
68 | |
69 | /* Maximum length value to check against when making sure that the integer that |
70 | holds the compiled pattern length does not overflow. We make it a bit less than |
71 | INT_MAX to allow for adding in group terminating bytes, so that we don't have |
72 | to check them every time. */ |
73 | |
74 | #define OFLOW_MAX (INT_MAX - 20) |
75 | |
76 | |
77 | /************************************************* |
78 | * Code parameters and static tables * |
79 | *************************************************/ |
80 | |
81 | /* This value specifies the size of stack workspace that is used during the |
82 | first pre-compile phase that determines how much memory is required. The regex |
83 | is partly compiled into this space, but the compiled parts are discarded as |
84 | soon as they can be, so that hopefully there will never be an overrun. The code |
85 | does, however, check for an overrun. The largest amount I've seen used is 218, |
86 | so this number is very generous. |
87 | |
88 | The same workspace is used during the second, actual compile phase for |
89 | remembering forward references to groups so that they can be filled in at the |
90 | end. Each entry in this list occupies LINK_SIZE bytes, so even when LINK_SIZE |
91 | is 4 there is plenty of room for most patterns. However, the memory can get |
92 | filled up by repetitions of forward references, for example patterns like |
93 | /(?1){0,1999}(b)/, and one user did hit the limit. The code has been changed so |
94 | that the workspace is expanded using malloc() in this situation. The value |
95 | below is therefore a minimum, and we put a maximum on it for safety. The |
96 | minimum is now also defined in terms of LINK_SIZE so that the use of malloc() |
97 | kicks in at the same number of forward references in all cases. */ |
98 | |
99 | #define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE (2048*LINK_SIZE) |
100 | #define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX (100*COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) |
101 | |
102 | /* The overrun tests check for a slightly smaller size so that they detect the |
103 | overrun before it actually does run off the end of the data block. */ |
104 | |
105 | #define WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN (100) |
106 | |
107 | |
108 | /* Table for handling escaped characters in the range '0'-'z'. Positive returns |
109 | are simple data values; negative values are for special things like \d and so |
110 | on. Zero means further processing is needed (for things like \x), or the escape |
111 | is invalid. */ |
112 | |
113 | #ifndef EBCDIC |
114 | |
115 | /* This is the "normal" table for ASCII systems or for EBCDIC systems running |
116 | in UTF-8 mode. */ |
117 | |
118 | static const short int escapes[] = { |
119 | 0, 0, |
120 | 0, 0, |
121 | 0, 0, |
122 | 0, 0, |
123 | 0, 0, |
124 | CHAR_COLON, CHAR_SEMICOLON, |
125 | CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN, |
126 | CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK, |
127 | CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT, -ESC_A, |
128 | -ESC_B, -ESC_C, |
129 | -ESC_D, -ESC_E, |
130 | 0, -ESC_G, |
131 | -ESC_H, 0, |
132 | 0, -ESC_K, |
133 | 0, 0, |
134 | -ESC_N, 0, |
135 | -ESC_P, -ESC_Q, |
136 | -ESC_R, -ESC_S, |
137 | 0, 0, |
138 | -ESC_V, -ESC_W, |
139 | -ESC_X, 0, |
140 | -ESC_Z, CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET, |
141 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET, |
142 | CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT, CHAR_UNDERSCORE, |
143 | CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT, 7, |
144 | -ESC_b, 0, |
145 | -ESC_d, ESC_e, |
146 | ESC_f, 0, |
147 | -ESC_h, 0, |
148 | 0, -ESC_k, |
149 | 0, 0, |
150 | ESC_n, 0, |
151 | -ESC_p, 0, |
152 | ESC_r, -ESC_s, |
153 | ESC_tee, 0, |
154 | -ESC_v, -ESC_w, |
155 | 0, 0, |
156 | -ESC_z |
157 | }; |
158 | |
159 | #else |
160 | |
161 | /* This is the "abnormal" table for EBCDIC systems without UTF-8 support. */ |
162 | |
163 | static const short int escapes[] = { |
164 | /* 48 */ 0, 0, 0, '.', '<', '(', '+', '|', |
165 | /* 50 */ '&', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
166 | /* 58 */ 0, 0, '!', '$', '*', ')', ';', '~', |
167 | /* 60 */ '-', '/', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
168 | /* 68 */ 0, 0, '|', ',', '%', '_', '>', '?', |
169 | /* 70 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
170 | /* 78 */ 0, '`', ':', '#', '@', '\'', '=', '"', |
171 | /* 80 */ 0, 7, -ESC_b, 0, -ESC_d, ESC_e, ESC_f, 0, |
172 | /* 88 */-ESC_h, 0, 0, '{', 0, 0, 0, 0, |
173 | /* 90 */ 0, 0, -ESC_k, 'l', 0, ESC_n, 0, -ESC_p, |
174 | /* 98 */ 0, ESC_r, 0, '}', 0, 0, 0, 0, |
175 | /* A0 */ 0, '~', -ESC_s, ESC_tee, 0,-ESC_v, -ESC_w, 0, |
176 | /* A8 */ 0,-ESC_z, 0, 0, 0, '[', 0, 0, |
177 | /* B0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
178 | /* B8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ']', '=', '-', |
179 | /* C0 */ '{',-ESC_A, -ESC_B, -ESC_C, -ESC_D,-ESC_E, 0, -ESC_G, |
180 | /* C8 */-ESC_H, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
181 | /* D0 */ '}', 0, -ESC_K, 0, 0,-ESC_N, 0, -ESC_P, |
182 | /* D8 */-ESC_Q,-ESC_R, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
183 | /* E0 */ '\\', 0, -ESC_S, 0, 0,-ESC_V, -ESC_W, -ESC_X, |
184 | /* E8 */ 0,-ESC_Z, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
185 | /* F0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
186 | /* F8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 |
187 | }; |
188 | #endif |
189 | |
190 | |
191 | /* Table of special "verbs" like (*PRUNE). This is a short table, so it is |
192 | searched linearly. Put all the names into a single string, in order to reduce |
193 | the number of relocations when a shared library is dynamically linked. The |
194 | string is built from string macros so that it works in UTF-8 mode on EBCDIC |
195 | platforms. */ |
196 | |
197 | typedef struct verbitem { |
198 | int len; /* Length of verb name */ |
199 | int op; /* Op when no arg, or -1 if arg mandatory */ |
200 | int op_arg; /* Op when arg present, or -1 if not allowed */ |
201 | } verbitem; |
202 | |
203 | static const char verbnames[] = |
204 | "\0" /* Empty name is a shorthand for MARK */ |
205 | STRING_MARK0 |
206 | STRING_ACCEPT0 |
207 | STRING_COMMIT0 |
208 | STRING_F0 |
209 | STRING_FAIL0 |
210 | STRING_PRUNE0 |
211 | STRING_SKIP0 |
212 | STRING_THEN; |
213 | |
214 | static const verbitem verbs[] = { |
215 | { 0, -1, OP_MARK }, |
216 | { 4, -1, OP_MARK }, |
217 | { 6, OP_ACCEPT, -1 }, |
218 | { 6, OP_COMMIT, -1 }, |
219 | { 1, OP_FAIL, -1 }, |
220 | { 4, OP_FAIL, -1 }, |
221 | { 5, OP_PRUNE, OP_PRUNE_ARG }, |
222 | { 4, OP_SKIP, OP_SKIP_ARG }, |
223 | { 4, OP_THEN, OP_THEN_ARG } |
224 | }; |
225 | |
226 | static const int verbcount = sizeof(verbs)/sizeof(verbitem); |
227 | |
228 | |
229 | /* Tables of names of POSIX character classes and their lengths. The names are |
230 | now all in a single string, to reduce the number of relocations when a shared |
231 | library is dynamically loaded. The list of lengths is terminated by a zero |
232 | length entry. The first three must be alpha, lower, upper, as this is assumed |
233 | for handling case independence. */ |
234 | |
235 | static const char posix_names[] = |
236 | STRING_alpha0 STRING_lower0 STRING_upper0 STRING_alnum0 |
237 | STRING_ascii0 STRING_blank0 STRING_cntrl0 STRING_digit0 |
238 | STRING_graph0 STRING_print0 STRING_punct0 STRING_space0 |
239 | STRING_word0 STRING_xdigit; |
240 | |
241 | static const uschar posix_name_lengths[] = { |
242 | 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 4, 6, 0 }; |
243 | |
244 | /* Table of class bit maps for each POSIX class. Each class is formed from a |
245 | base map, with an optional addition or removal of another map. Then, for some |
246 | classes, there is some additional tweaking: for [:blank:] the vertical space |
247 | characters are removed, and for [:alpha:] and [:alnum:] the underscore |
248 | character is removed. The triples in the table consist of the base map offset, |
249 | second map offset or -1 if no second map, and a non-negative value for map |
250 | addition or a negative value for map subtraction (if there are two maps). The |
251 | absolute value of the third field has these meanings: 0 => no tweaking, 1 => |
252 | remove vertical space characters, 2 => remove underscore. */ |
253 | |
254 | static const int posix_class_maps[] = { |
255 | cbit_word, cbit_digit, -2, /* alpha */ |
256 | cbit_lower, -1, 0, /* lower */ |
257 | cbit_upper, -1, 0, /* upper */ |
258 | cbit_word, -1, 2, /* alnum - word without underscore */ |
259 | cbit_print, cbit_cntrl, 0, /* ascii */ |
260 | cbit_space, -1, 1, /* blank - a GNU extension */ |
261 | cbit_cntrl, -1, 0, /* cntrl */ |
262 | cbit_digit, -1, 0, /* digit */ |
263 | cbit_graph, -1, 0, /* graph */ |
264 | cbit_print, -1, 0, /* print */ |
265 | cbit_punct, -1, 0, /* punct */ |
266 | cbit_space, -1, 0, /* space */ |
267 | cbit_word, -1, 0, /* word - a Perl extension */ |
268 | cbit_xdigit,-1, 0 /* xdigit */ |
269 | }; |
270 | |
271 | /* Table of substitutes for \d etc when PCRE_UCP is set. The POSIX class |
272 | substitutes must be in the order of the names, defined above, and there are |
273 | both positive and negative cases. NULL means no substitute. */ |
274 | |
275 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
276 | static const uschar *substitutes[] = { |
277 | (uschar *)"\\P{Nd}", /* \D */ |
278 | (uschar *)"\\p{Nd}", /* \d */ |
279 | (uschar *)"\\P{Xsp}", /* \S */ /* NOTE: Xsp is Perl space */ |
280 | (uschar *)"\\p{Xsp}", /* \s */ |
281 | (uschar *)"\\P{Xwd}", /* \W */ |
282 | (uschar *)"\\p{Xwd}" /* \w */ |
283 | }; |
284 | |
285 | static const uschar *posix_substitutes[] = { |
286 | (uschar *)"\\p{L}", /* alpha */ |
287 | (uschar *)"\\p{Ll}", /* lower */ |
288 | (uschar *)"\\p{Lu}", /* upper */ |
289 | (uschar *)"\\p{Xan}", /* alnum */ |
290 | NULL, /* ascii */ |
291 | (uschar *)"\\h", /* blank */ |
292 | NULL, /* cntrl */ |
293 | (uschar *)"\\p{Nd}", /* digit */ |
294 | NULL, /* graph */ |
295 | NULL, /* print */ |
296 | NULL, /* punct */ |
297 | (uschar *)"\\p{Xps}", /* space */ /* NOTE: Xps is POSIX space */ |
298 | (uschar *)"\\p{Xwd}", /* word */ |
299 | NULL, /* xdigit */ |
300 | /* Negated cases */ |
301 | (uschar *)"\\P{L}", /* ^alpha */ |
302 | (uschar *)"\\P{Ll}", /* ^lower */ |
303 | (uschar *)"\\P{Lu}", /* ^upper */ |
304 | (uschar *)"\\P{Xan}", /* ^alnum */ |
305 | NULL, /* ^ascii */ |
306 | (uschar *)"\\H", /* ^blank */ |
307 | NULL, /* ^cntrl */ |
308 | (uschar *)"\\P{Nd}", /* ^digit */ |
309 | NULL, /* ^graph */ |
310 | NULL, /* ^print */ |
311 | NULL, /* ^punct */ |
312 | (uschar *)"\\P{Xps}", /* ^space */ /* NOTE: Xps is POSIX space */ |
313 | (uschar *)"\\P{Xwd}", /* ^word */ |
314 | NULL /* ^xdigit */ |
315 | }; |
316 | #define POSIX_SUBSIZE (sizeof(posix_substitutes)/sizeof(uschar *)) |
317 | #endif |
318 | |
319 | #define STRING(a) # a |
320 | #define XSTRING(s) STRING(s) |
321 | |
322 | /* The texts of compile-time error messages. These are "char *" because they |
323 | are passed to the outside world. Do not ever re-use any error number, because |
324 | they are documented. Always add a new error instead. Messages marked DEAD below |
325 | are no longer used. This used to be a table of strings, but in order to reduce |
326 | the number of relocations needed when a shared library is loaded dynamically, |
327 | it is now one long string. We cannot use a table of offsets, because the |
328 | lengths of inserts such as XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) are not known. Instead, we |
329 | simply count through to the one we want - this isn't a performance issue |
330 | because these strings are used only when there is a compilation error. |
331 | |
332 | Each substring ends with \0 to insert a null character. This includes the final |
333 | substring, so that the whole string ends with \0\0, which can be detected when |
334 | counting through. */ |
335 | |
336 | static const char error_texts[] = |
337 | "no error\0" |
338 | "\\ at end of pattern\0" |
339 | "\\c at end of pattern\0" |
340 | "unrecognized character follows \\\0" |
341 | "numbers out of order in {} quantifier\0" |
342 | /* 5 */ |
343 | "number too big in {} quantifier\0" |
344 | "missing terminating ] for character class\0" |
345 | "invalid escape sequence in character class\0" |
346 | "range out of order in character class\0" |
347 | "nothing to repeat\0" |
348 | /* 10 */ |
349 | "operand of unlimited repeat could match the empty string\0" /** DEAD **/ |
350 | "internal error: unexpected repeat\0" |
351 | "unrecognized character after (? or (?-\0" |
352 | "POSIX named classes are supported only within a class\0" |
353 | "missing )\0" |
354 | /* 15 */ |
355 | "reference to non-existent subpattern\0" |
356 | "erroffset passed as NULL\0" |
357 | "unknown option bit(s) set\0" |
358 | "missing ) after comment\0" |
359 | "parentheses nested too deeply\0" /** DEAD **/ |
360 | /* 20 */ |
361 | "regular expression is too large\0" |
362 | "failed to get memory\0" |
363 | "unmatched parentheses\0" |
364 | "internal error: code overflow\0" |
365 | "unrecognized character after (?<\0" |
366 | /* 25 */ |
367 | "lookbehind assertion is not fixed length\0" |
368 | "malformed number or name after (?(\0" |
369 | "conditional group contains more than two branches\0" |
370 | "assertion expected after (?(\0" |
371 | "(?R or (?[+-]digits must be followed by )\0" |
372 | /* 30 */ |
373 | "unknown POSIX class name\0" |
374 | "POSIX collating elements are not supported\0" |
375 | "this version of PCRE is not compiled with PCRE_UTF8 support\0" |
376 | "spare error\0" /** DEAD **/ |
377 | "character value in \\x{...} sequence is too large\0" |
378 | /* 35 */ |
379 | "invalid condition (?(0)\0" |
380 | "\\C not allowed in lookbehind assertion\0" |
381 | "PCRE does not support \\L, \\l, \\N{name}, \\U, or \\u\0" |
382 | "number after (?C is > 255\0" |
383 | "closing ) for (?C expected\0" |
384 | /* 40 */ |
385 | "recursive call could loop indefinitely\0" |
386 | "unrecognized character after (?P\0" |
387 | "syntax error in subpattern name (missing terminator)\0" |
388 | "two named subpatterns have the same name\0" |
389 | "invalid UTF-8 string\0" |
390 | /* 45 */ |
391 | "support for \\P, \\p, and \\X has not been compiled\0" |
392 | "malformed \\P or \\p sequence\0" |
393 | "unknown property name after \\P or \\p\0" |
394 | "subpattern name is too long (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) " characters)\0" |
395 | "too many named subpatterns (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_COUNT) ")\0" |
396 | /* 50 */ |
397 | "repeated subpattern is too long\0" /** DEAD **/ |
398 | "octal value is greater than \\377 (not in UTF-8 mode)\0" |
399 | "internal error: overran compiling workspace\0" |
400 | "internal error: previously-checked referenced subpattern not found\0" |
401 | "DEFINE group contains more than one branch\0" |
402 | /* 55 */ |
403 | "repeating a DEFINE group is not allowed\0" /** DEAD **/ |
404 | "inconsistent NEWLINE options\0" |
405 | "\\g is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name/number or by a plain number\0" |
406 | "a numbered reference must not be zero\0" |
407 | "an argument is not allowed for (*ACCEPT), (*FAIL), or (*COMMIT)\0" |
408 | /* 60 */ |
409 | "(*VERB) not recognized\0" |
410 | "number is too big\0" |
411 | "subpattern name expected\0" |
412 | "digit expected after (?+\0" |
413 | "] is an invalid data character in JavaScript compatibility mode\0" |
414 | /* 65 */ |
415 | "different names for subpatterns of the same number are not allowed\0" |
416 | "(*MARK) must have an argument\0" |
417 | "this version of PCRE is not compiled with PCRE_UCP support\0" |
418 | "\\c must be followed by an ASCII character\0" |
419 | "\\k is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name\0" |
420 | /* 70 */ |
421 | "internal error: unknown opcode in find_fixedlength()\0" |
422 | "\\N is not supported in a class\0" |
423 | "too many forward references\0" |
424 | ; |
425 | |
426 | /* Table to identify digits and hex digits. This is used when compiling |
427 | patterns. Note that the tables in chartables are dependent on the locale, and |
428 | may mark arbitrary characters as digits - but the PCRE compiling code expects |
429 | to handle only 0-9, a-z, and A-Z as digits when compiling. That is why we have |
430 | a private table here. It costs 256 bytes, but it is a lot faster than doing |
431 | character value tests (at least in some simple cases I timed), and in some |
432 | applications one wants PCRE to compile efficiently as well as match |
433 | efficiently. |
434 | |
435 | For convenience, we use the same bit definitions as in chartables: |
436 | |
437 | 0x04 decimal digit |
438 | 0x08 hexadecimal digit |
439 | |
440 | Then we can use ctype_digit and ctype_xdigit in the code. */ |
441 | |
442 | #ifndef EBCDIC |
443 | |
444 | /* This is the "normal" case, for ASCII systems, and EBCDIC systems running in |
445 | UTF-8 mode. */ |
446 | |
447 | static const unsigned char digitab[] = |
448 | { |
449 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */ |
450 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ |
451 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */ |
452 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ |
453 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - ' */ |
454 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ( - / */ |
455 | 0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 */ |
456 | 0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8 - ? */ |
457 | 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* @ - G */ |
458 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H - O */ |
459 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* P - W */ |
460 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* X - _ */ |
461 | 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* ` - g */ |
462 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h - o */ |
463 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* p - w */ |
464 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* x -127 */ |
465 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 128-135 */ |
466 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 136-143 */ |
467 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144-151 */ |
468 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 152-159 */ |
469 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160-167 */ |
470 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 168-175 */ |
471 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 176-183 */ |
472 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ |
473 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 192-199 */ |
474 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 200-207 */ |
475 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 208-215 */ |
476 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 216-223 */ |
477 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 224-231 */ |
478 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 232-239 */ |
479 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 240-247 */ |
480 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 248-255 */ |
481 | |
482 | #else |
483 | |
484 | /* This is the "abnormal" case, for EBCDIC systems not running in UTF-8 mode. */ |
485 | |
486 | static const unsigned char digitab[] = |
487 | { |
488 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 0 */ |
489 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ |
490 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 10 */ |
491 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ |
492 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 20 */ |
493 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */ |
494 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 30 */ |
495 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */ |
496 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 40 */ |
497 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 72- | */ |
498 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 50 */ |
499 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */ |
500 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 60 */ |
501 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 104- ? */ |
502 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 70 */ |
503 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */ |
504 | 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* 128- g 80 */ |
505 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */ |
506 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144- p 90 */ |
507 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */ |
508 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160- x A0 */ |
509 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */ |
510 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 B0 */ |
511 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ |
512 | 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* { - G C0 */ |
513 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */ |
514 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* } - P D0 */ |
515 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */ |
516 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* \ - X E0 */ |
517 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */ |
518 | 0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 F0 */ |
519 | 0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */ |
520 | |
521 | static const unsigned char ebcdic_chartab[] = { /* chartable partial dup */ |
522 | 0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */ |
523 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ |
524 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */ |
525 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ |
526 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 */ |
527 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */ |
528 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 */ |
529 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */ |
530 | 0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 */ |
531 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80, /* 72- | */ |
532 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 */ |
533 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */ |
534 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 */ |
535 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x00,0x80, /* 104- ? */ |
536 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 */ |
537 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */ |
538 | 0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* 128- g */ |
539 | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */ |
540 | 0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 144- p */ |
541 | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */ |
542 | 0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 160- x */ |
543 | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */ |
544 | 0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 */ |
545 | 0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ |
546 | 0x80,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* { - G */ |
547 | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */ |
548 | 0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* } - P */ |
549 | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */ |
550 | 0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* \ - X */ |
551 | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */ |
552 | 0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c, /* 0 - 7 */ |
553 | 0x1c,0x1c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */ |
554 | #endif |
555 | |
556 | |
557 | /* Definition to allow mutual recursion */ |
558 | |
559 | static BOOL |
560 | compile_regex(int, uschar **, const uschar **, int *, BOOL, BOOL, int, int, |
561 | int *, int *, branch_chain *, compile_data *, int *); |
562 | |
563 | |
564 | |
565 | /************************************************* |
566 | * Find an error text * |
567 | *************************************************/ |
568 | |
569 | /* The error texts are now all in one long string, to save on relocations. As |
570 | some of the text is of unknown length, we can't use a table of offsets. |
571 | Instead, just count through the strings. This is not a performance issue |
572 | because it happens only when there has been a compilation error. |
573 | |
574 | Argument: the error number |
575 | Returns: pointer to the error string |
576 | */ |
577 | |
578 | static const char * |
579 | find_error_text(int n) |
580 | { |
581 | const char *s = error_texts; |
582 | for (; n > 0; n--) |
583 | { |
584 | while (*s++ != 0) {}; |
585 | if (*s == 0) return "Error text not found (please report)"; |
586 | } |
587 | return s; |
588 | } |
589 | |
590 | |
591 | /************************************************* |
592 | * Expand the workspace * |
593 | *************************************************/ |
594 | |
595 | /* This function is called during the second compiling phase, if the number of |
596 | forward references fills the existing workspace, which is originally a block on |
597 | the stack. A larger block is obtained from malloc() unless the ultimate limit |
598 | has been reached or the increase will be rather small. |
599 | |
600 | Argument: pointer to the compile data block |
601 | Returns: 0 if all went well, else an error number |
602 | */ |
603 | |
604 | static int |
605 | expand_workspace(compile_data *cd) |
606 | { |
607 | uschar *newspace; |
608 | int newsize = cd->workspace_size * 2; |
609 | |
610 | if (newsize > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX) newsize = COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX; |
611 | if (cd->workspace_size >= COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX || |
612 | newsize - cd->workspace_size < WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) |
613 | return ERR72; |
614 | |
615 | newspace = (pcre_malloc)(newsize); |
616 | if (newspace == NULL) return ERR21; |
617 | |
618 | memcpy(newspace, cd->start_workspace, cd->workspace_size); |
619 | cd->hwm = (uschar *)newspace + (cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace); |
620 | if (cd->workspace_size > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) |
621 | (pcre_free)((void *)cd->start_workspace); |
622 | cd->start_workspace = newspace; |
623 | cd->workspace_size = newsize; |
624 | return 0; |
625 | } |
626 | |
627 | |
628 | |
629 | /************************************************* |
630 | * Check for counted repeat * |
631 | *************************************************/ |
632 | |
633 | /* This function is called when a '{' is encountered in a place where it might |
634 | start a quantifier. It looks ahead to see if it really is a quantifier or not. |
635 | It is only a quantifier if it is one of the forms {ddd} {ddd,} or {ddd,ddd} |
636 | where the ddds are digits. |
637 | |
638 | Arguments: |
639 | p pointer to the first char after '{' |
640 | |
641 | Returns: TRUE or FALSE |
642 | */ |
643 | |
644 | static BOOL |
645 | is_counted_repeat(const uschar *p) |
646 | { |
647 | if ((digitab[*p++] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE; |
648 | while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++; |
649 | if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE; |
650 | |
651 | if (*p++ != CHAR_COMMA) return FALSE; |
652 | if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE; |
653 | |
654 | if ((digitab[*p++] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE; |
655 | while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++; |
656 | |
657 | return (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET); |
658 | } |
659 | |
660 | |
661 | |
662 | /************************************************* |
663 | * Handle escapes * |
664 | *************************************************/ |
665 | |
666 | /* This function is called when a \ has been encountered. It either returns a |
667 | positive value for a simple escape such as \n, or a negative value which |
668 | encodes one of the more complicated things such as \d. A backreference to group |
669 | n is returned as -(ESC_REF + n); ESC_REF is the highest ESC_xxx macro. When |
670 | UTF-8 is enabled, a positive value greater than 255 may be returned. On entry, |
671 | ptr is pointing at the \. On exit, it is on the final character of the escape |
672 | sequence. |
673 | |
674 | Arguments: |
675 | ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer |
676 | errorcodeptr points to the errorcode variable |
677 | bracount number of previous extracting brackets |
678 | options the options bits |
679 | isclass TRUE if inside a character class |
680 | |
681 | Returns: zero or positive => a data character |
682 | negative => a special escape sequence |
683 | on error, errorcodeptr is set |
684 | */ |
685 | |
686 | static int |
687 | check_escape(const uschar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr, int bracount, |
688 | int options, BOOL isclass) |
689 | { |
690 | BOOL utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; |
691 | const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr + 1; |
692 | int c, i; |
693 | |
694 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, ptr); /* Get character value, increment pointer */ |
695 | ptr--; /* Set pointer back to the last byte */ |
696 | |
697 | /* If backslash is at the end of the pattern, it's an error. */ |
698 | |
699 | if (c == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR1; |
700 | |
701 | /* Non-alphanumerics are literals. For digits or letters, do an initial lookup |
702 | in a table. A non-zero result is something that can be returned immediately. |
703 | Otherwise further processing may be required. */ |
704 | |
705 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
706 | else if (c < CHAR_0 || c > CHAR_z) {} /* Not alphanumeric */ |
707 | else if ((i = escapes[c - CHAR_0]) != 0) c = i; |
708 | |
709 | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
710 | else if (c < 'a' || (ebcdic_chartab[c] & 0x0E) == 0) {} /* Not alphanumeric */ |
711 | else if ((i = escapes[c - 0x48]) != 0) c = i; |
712 | #endif |
713 | |
714 | /* Escapes that need further processing, or are illegal. */ |
715 | |
716 | else |
717 | { |
718 | const uschar *oldptr; |
719 | BOOL braced, negated; |
720 | |
721 | switch (c) |
722 | { |
723 | /* A number of Perl escapes are not handled by PCRE. We give an explicit |
724 | error. */ |
725 | |
726 | case CHAR_l: |
727 | case CHAR_L: |
728 | *errorcodeptr = ERR37; |
729 | break; |
730 | |
731 | case CHAR_u: |
732 | if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) |
733 | { |
734 | /* In JavaScript, \u must be followed by four hexadecimal numbers. |
735 | Otherwise it is a lowercase u letter. */ |
736 | if ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 && (digitab[ptr[2]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 |
737 | && (digitab[ptr[3]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 && (digitab[ptr[4]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) |
738 | { |
739 | c = 0; |
740 | for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i) |
741 | { |
742 | register int cc = *(++ptr); |
743 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
744 | if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ |
745 | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
746 | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
747 | if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ |
748 | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
749 | #endif |
750 | } |
751 | } |
752 | } |
753 | else |
754 | *errorcodeptr = ERR37; |
755 | break; |
756 | |
757 | case CHAR_U: |
758 | /* In JavaScript, \U is an uppercase U letter. */ |
759 | if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR37; |
760 | break; |
761 | |
762 | /* In a character class, \g is just a literal "g". Outside a character |
763 | class, \g must be followed by one of a number of specific things: |
764 | |
765 | (1) A number, either plain or braced. If positive, it is an absolute |
766 | backreference. If negative, it is a relative backreference. This is a Perl |
767 | 5.10 feature. |
768 | |
769 | (2) Perl 5.10 also supports \g{name} as a reference to a named group. This |
770 | is part of Perl's movement towards a unified syntax for back references. As |
771 | this is synonymous with \k{name}, we fudge it up by pretending it really |
772 | was \k. |
773 | |
774 | (3) For Oniguruma compatibility we also support \g followed by a name or a |
775 | number either in angle brackets or in single quotes. However, these are |
776 | (possibly recursive) subroutine calls, _not_ backreferences. Just return |
777 | the -ESC_g code (cf \k). */ |
778 | |
779 | case CHAR_g: |
780 | if (isclass) break; |
781 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN || ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE) |
782 | { |
783 | c = -ESC_g; |
784 | break; |
785 | } |
786 | |
787 | /* Handle the Perl-compatible cases */ |
788 | |
789 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
790 | { |
791 | const uschar *p; |
792 | for (p = ptr+2; *p != 0 && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET; p++) |
793 | if (*p != CHAR_MINUS && (digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) == 0) break; |
794 | if (*p != 0 && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
795 | { |
796 | c = -ESC_k; |
797 | break; |
798 | } |
799 | braced = TRUE; |
800 | ptr++; |
801 | } |
802 | else braced = FALSE; |
803 | |
804 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS) |
805 | { |
806 | negated = TRUE; |
807 | ptr++; |
808 | } |
809 | else negated = FALSE; |
810 | |
811 | c = 0; |
812 | while ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) != 0) |
813 | c = c * 10 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0; |
814 | |
815 | if (c < 0) /* Integer overflow */ |
816 | { |
817 | *errorcodeptr = ERR61; |
818 | break; |
819 | } |
820 | |
821 | if (braced && *(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
822 | { |
823 | *errorcodeptr = ERR57; |
824 | break; |
825 | } |
826 | |
827 | if (c == 0) |
828 | { |
829 | *errorcodeptr = ERR58; |
830 | break; |
831 | } |
832 | |
833 | if (negated) |
834 | { |
835 | if (c > bracount) |
836 | { |
837 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
838 | break; |
839 | } |
840 | c = bracount - (c - 1); |
841 | } |
842 | |
843 | c = -(ESC_REF + c); |
844 | break; |
845 | |
846 | /* The handling of escape sequences consisting of a string of digits |
847 | starting with one that is not zero is not straightforward. By experiment, |
848 | the way Perl works seems to be as follows: |
849 | |
850 | Outside a character class, the digits are read as a decimal number. If the |
851 | number is less than 10, or if there are that many previous extracting |
852 | left brackets, then it is a back reference. Otherwise, up to three octal |
853 | digits are read to form an escaped byte. Thus \123 is likely to be octal |
854 | 123 (cf \0123, which is octal 012 followed by the literal 3). If the octal |
855 | value is greater than 377, the least significant 8 bits are taken. Inside a |
856 | character class, \ followed by a digit is always an octal number. */ |
857 | |
858 | case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: case CHAR_5: |
859 | case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9: |
860 | |
861 | if (!isclass) |
862 | { |
863 | oldptr = ptr; |
864 | c -= CHAR_0; |
865 | while ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) != 0) |
866 | c = c * 10 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0; |
867 | if (c < 0) /* Integer overflow */ |
868 | { |
869 | *errorcodeptr = ERR61; |
870 | break; |
871 | } |
872 | if (c < 10 || c <= bracount) |
873 | { |
874 | c = -(ESC_REF + c); |
875 | break; |
876 | } |
877 | ptr = oldptr; /* Put the pointer back and fall through */ |
878 | } |
879 | |
880 | /* Handle an octal number following \. If the first digit is 8 or 9, Perl |
881 | generates a binary zero byte and treats the digit as a following literal. |
882 | Thus we have to pull back the pointer by one. */ |
883 | |
884 | if ((c = *ptr) >= CHAR_8) |
885 | { |
886 | ptr--; |
887 | c = 0; |
888 | break; |
889 | } |
890 | |
891 | /* \0 always starts an octal number, but we may drop through to here with a |
892 | larger first octal digit. The original code used just to take the least |
893 | significant 8 bits of octal numbers (I think this is what early Perls used |
894 | to do). Nowadays we allow for larger numbers in UTF-8 mode, but no more |
895 | than 3 octal digits. */ |
896 | |
897 | case CHAR_0: |
898 | c -= CHAR_0; |
899 | while(i++ < 2 && ptr[1] >= CHAR_0 && ptr[1] <= CHAR_7) |
900 | c = c * 8 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0; |
901 | if (!utf8 && c > 255) *errorcodeptr = ERR51; |
902 | break; |
903 | |
904 | /* \x is complicated. \x{ddd} is a character number which can be greater |
905 | than 0xff in utf8 mode, but only if the ddd are hex digits. If not, { is |
906 | treated as a data character. */ |
907 | |
908 | case CHAR_x: |
909 | if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) |
910 | { |
911 | /* In JavaScript, \x must be followed by two hexadecimal numbers. |
912 | Otherwise it is a lowercase x letter. */ |
913 | if ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 && (digitab[ptr[2]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) |
914 | { |
915 | c = 0; |
916 | for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) |
917 | { |
918 | register int cc = *(++ptr); |
919 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
920 | if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ |
921 | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
922 | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
923 | if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ |
924 | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
925 | #endif |
926 | } |
927 | } |
928 | break; |
929 | } |
930 | |
931 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
932 | { |
933 | const uschar *pt = ptr + 2; |
934 | int count = 0; |
935 | |
936 | c = 0; |
937 | while ((digitab[*pt] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) |
938 | { |
939 | register int cc = *pt++; |
940 | if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue; /* Leading zeroes */ |
941 | count++; |
942 | |
943 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
944 | if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ |
945 | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
946 | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
947 | if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ |
948 | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
949 | #endif |
950 | } |
951 | |
952 | if (*pt == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
953 | { |
954 | if (c < 0 || count > (utf8? 8 : 2)) *errorcodeptr = ERR34; |
955 | ptr = pt; |
956 | break; |
957 | } |
958 | |
959 | /* If the sequence of hex digits does not end with '}', then we don't |
960 | recognize this construct; fall through to the normal \x handling. */ |
961 | } |
962 | |
963 | /* Read just a single-byte hex-defined char */ |
964 | |
965 | c = 0; |
966 | while (i++ < 2 && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) |
967 | { |
968 | int cc; /* Some compilers don't like */ |
969 | cc = *(++ptr); /* ++ in initializers */ |
970 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
971 | if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ |
972 | c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
973 | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
974 | if (cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ |
975 | c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
976 | #endif |
977 | } |
978 | break; |
979 | |
980 | /* For \c, a following letter is upper-cased; then the 0x40 bit is flipped. |
981 | An error is given if the byte following \c is not an ASCII character. This |
982 | coding is ASCII-specific, but then the whole concept of \cx is |
983 | ASCII-specific. (However, an EBCDIC equivalent has now been added.) */ |
984 | |
985 | case CHAR_c: |
986 | c = *(++ptr); |
987 | if (c == 0) |
988 | { |
989 | *errorcodeptr = ERR2; |
990 | break; |
991 | } |
992 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
993 | if (c > 127) /* Excludes all non-ASCII in either mode */ |
994 | { |
995 | *errorcodeptr = ERR68; |
996 | break; |
997 | } |
998 | if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c -= 32; |
999 | c ^= 0x40; |
1000 | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
1001 | if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c += 64; |
1002 | c ^= 0xC0; |
1003 | #endif |
1004 | break; |
1005 | |
1006 | /* PCRE_EXTRA enables extensions to Perl in the matter of escapes. Any |
1007 | other alphanumeric following \ is an error if PCRE_EXTRA was set; |
1008 | otherwise, for Perl compatibility, it is a literal. This code looks a bit |
1009 | odd, but there used to be some cases other than the default, and there may |
1010 | be again in future, so I haven't "optimized" it. */ |
1011 | |
1012 | default: |
1013 | if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) switch(c) |
1014 | { |
1015 | default: |
1016 | *errorcodeptr = ERR3; |
1017 | break; |
1018 | } |
1019 | break; |
1020 | } |
1021 | } |
1022 | |
1023 | /* Perl supports \N{name} for character names, as well as plain \N for "not |
1024 | newline". PCRE does not support \N{name}. However, it does support |
1025 | quantification such as \N{2,3}. */ |
1026 | |
1027 | if (c == -ESC_N && ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && |
1028 | !is_counted_repeat(ptr+2)) |
1029 | *errorcodeptr = ERR37; |
1030 | |
1031 | /* If PCRE_UCP is set, we change the values for \d etc. */ |
1032 | |
1033 | if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0 && c <= -ESC_D && c >= -ESC_w) |
1034 | c -= (ESC_DU - ESC_D); |
1035 | |
1036 | /* Set the pointer to the final character before returning. */ |
1037 | |
1038 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
1039 | return c; |
1040 | } |
1041 | |
1042 | |
1043 | |
1044 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
1045 | /************************************************* |
1046 | * Handle \P and \p * |
1047 | *************************************************/ |
1048 | |
1049 | /* This function is called after \P or \p has been encountered, provided that |
1050 | PCRE is compiled with support for Unicode properties. On entry, ptrptr is |
1051 | pointing at the P or p. On exit, it is pointing at the final character of the |
1052 | escape sequence. |
1053 | |
1054 | Argument: |
1055 | ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer |
1056 | negptr points to a boolean that is set TRUE for negation else FALSE |
1057 | dptr points to an int that is set to the detailed property value |
1058 | errorcodeptr points to the error code variable |
1059 | |
1060 | Returns: type value from ucp_type_table, or -1 for an invalid type |
1061 | */ |
1062 | |
1063 | static int |
1064 | get_ucp(const uschar **ptrptr, BOOL *negptr, int *dptr, int *errorcodeptr) |
1065 | { |
1066 | int c, i, bot, top; |
1067 | const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr; |
1068 | char name[32]; |
1069 | |
1070 | c = *(++ptr); |
1071 | if (c == 0) goto ERROR_RETURN; |
1072 | |
1073 | *negptr = FALSE; |
1074 | |
1075 | /* \P or \p can be followed by a name in {}, optionally preceded by ^ for |
1076 | negation. */ |
1077 | |
1078 | if (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
1079 | { |
1080 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) |
1081 | { |
1082 | *negptr = TRUE; |
1083 | ptr++; |
1084 | } |
1085 | for (i = 0; i < (int)sizeof(name) - 1; i++) |
1086 | { |
1087 | c = *(++ptr); |
1088 | if (c == 0) goto ERROR_RETURN; |
1089 | if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) break; |
1090 | name[i] = c; |
1091 | } |
1092 | if (c != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) goto ERROR_RETURN; |
1093 | name[i] = 0; |
1094 | } |
1095 | |
1096 | /* Otherwise there is just one following character */ |
1097 | |
1098 | else |
1099 | { |
1100 | name[0] = c; |
1101 | name[1] = 0; |
1102 | } |
1103 | |
1104 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
1105 | |
1106 | /* Search for a recognized property name using binary chop */ |
1107 | |
1108 | bot = 0; |
1109 | top = _pcre_utt_size; |
1110 | |
1111 | while (bot < top) |
1112 | { |
1113 | i = (bot + top) >> 1; |
1114 | c = strcmp(name, _pcre_utt_names + _pcre_utt[i].name_offset); |
1115 | if (c == 0) |
1116 | { |
1117 | *dptr = _pcre_utt[i].value; |
1118 | return _pcre_utt[i].type; |
1119 | } |
1120 | if (c > 0) bot = i + 1; else top = i; |
1121 | } |
1122 | |
1123 | *errorcodeptr = ERR47; |
1124 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
1125 | return -1; |
1126 | |
1127 | ERROR_RETURN: |
1128 | *errorcodeptr = ERR46; |
1129 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
1130 | return -1; |
1131 | } |
1132 | #endif |
1133 | |
1134 | |
1135 | |
1136 | |
1137 | /************************************************* |
1138 | * Read repeat counts * |
1139 | *************************************************/ |
1140 | |
1141 | /* Read an item of the form {n,m} and return the values. This is called only |
1142 | after is_counted_repeat() has confirmed that a repeat-count quantifier exists, |
1143 | so the syntax is guaranteed to be correct, but we need to check the values. |
1144 | |
1145 | Arguments: |
1146 | p pointer to first char after '{' |
1147 | minp pointer to int for min |
1148 | maxp pointer to int for max |
1149 | returned as -1 if no max |
1150 | errorcodeptr points to error code variable |
1151 | |
1152 | Returns: pointer to '}' on success; |
1153 | current ptr on error, with errorcodeptr set non-zero |
1154 | */ |
1155 | |
1156 | static const uschar * |
1157 | read_repeat_counts(const uschar *p, int *minp, int *maxp, int *errorcodeptr) |
1158 | { |
1159 | int min = 0; |
1160 | int max = -1; |
1161 | |
1162 | /* Read the minimum value and do a paranoid check: a negative value indicates |
1163 | an integer overflow. */ |
1164 | |
1165 | while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) min = min * 10 + *p++ - CHAR_0; |
1166 | if (min < 0 || min > 65535) |
1167 | { |
1168 | *errorcodeptr = ERR5; |
1169 | return p; |
1170 | } |
1171 | |
1172 | /* Read the maximum value if there is one, and again do a paranoid on its size. |
1173 | Also, max must not be less than min. */ |
1174 | |
1175 | if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) max = min; else |
1176 | { |
1177 | if (*(++p) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
1178 | { |
1179 | max = 0; |
1180 | while((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) max = max * 10 + *p++ - CHAR_0; |
1181 | if (max < 0 || max > 65535) |
1182 | { |
1183 | *errorcodeptr = ERR5; |
1184 | return p; |
1185 | } |
1186 | if (max < min) |
1187 | { |
1188 | *errorcodeptr = ERR4; |
1189 | return p; |
1190 | } |
1191 | } |
1192 | } |
1193 | |
1194 | /* Fill in the required variables, and pass back the pointer to the terminating |
1195 | '}'. */ |
1196 | |
1197 | *minp = min; |
1198 | *maxp = max; |
1199 | return p; |
1200 | } |
1201 | |
1202 | |
1203 | |
1204 | /************************************************* |
1205 | * Subroutine for finding forward reference * |
1206 | *************************************************/ |
1207 | |
1208 | /* This recursive function is called only from find_parens() below. The |
1209 | top-level call starts at the beginning of the pattern. All other calls must |
1210 | start at a parenthesis. It scans along a pattern's text looking for capturing |
1211 | subpatterns, and counting them. If it finds a named pattern that matches the |
1212 | name it is given, it returns its number. Alternatively, if the name is NULL, it |
1213 | returns when it reaches a given numbered subpattern. Recursion is used to keep |
1214 | track of subpatterns that reset the capturing group numbers - the (?| feature. |
1215 | |
1216 | This function was originally called only from the second pass, in which we know |
1217 | that if (?< or (?' or (?P< is encountered, the name will be correctly |
1218 | terminated because that is checked in the first pass. There is now one call to |
1219 | this function in the first pass, to check for a recursive back reference by |
1220 | name (so that we can make the whole group atomic). In this case, we need check |
1221 | only up to the current position in the pattern, and that is still OK because |
1222 | and previous occurrences will have been checked. To make this work, the test |
1223 | for "end of pattern" is a check against cd->end_pattern in the main loop, |
1224 | instead of looking for a binary zero. This means that the special first-pass |
1225 | call can adjust cd->end_pattern temporarily. (Checks for binary zero while |
1226 | processing items within the loop are OK, because afterwards the main loop will |
1227 | terminate.) |
1228 | |
1229 | Arguments: |
1230 | ptrptr address of the current character pointer (updated) |
1231 | cd compile background data |
1232 | name name to seek, or NULL if seeking a numbered subpattern |
1233 | lorn name length, or subpattern number if name is NULL |
1234 | xmode TRUE if we are in /x mode |
1235 | utf8 TRUE if we are in UTF-8 mode |
1236 | count pointer to the current capturing subpattern number (updated) |
1237 | |
1238 | Returns: the number of the named subpattern, or -1 if not found |
1239 | */ |
1240 | |
1241 | static int |
1242 | find_parens_sub(uschar **ptrptr, compile_data *cd, const uschar *name, int lorn, |
1243 | BOOL xmode, BOOL utf8, int *count) |
1244 | { |
1245 | uschar *ptr = *ptrptr; |
1246 | int start_count = *count; |
1247 | int hwm_count = start_count; |
1248 | BOOL dup_parens = FALSE; |
1249 | |
1250 | /* If the first character is a parenthesis, check on the type of group we are |
1251 | dealing with. The very first call may not start with a parenthesis. */ |
1252 | |
1253 | if (ptr[0] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS) |
1254 | { |
1255 | /* Handle specials such as (*SKIP) or (*UTF8) etc. */ |
1256 | |
1257 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_ASTERISK) ptr += 2; |
1258 | |
1259 | /* Handle a normal, unnamed capturing parenthesis. */ |
1260 | |
1261 | else if (ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK) |
1262 | { |
1263 | *count += 1; |
1264 | if (name == NULL && *count == lorn) return *count; |
1265 | ptr++; |
1266 | } |
1267 | |
1268 | /* All cases now have (? at the start. Remember when we are in a group |
1269 | where the parenthesis numbers are duplicated. */ |
1270 | |
1271 | else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE) |
1272 | { |
1273 | ptr += 3; |
1274 | dup_parens = TRUE; |
1275 | } |
1276 | |
1277 | /* Handle comments; all characters are allowed until a ket is reached. */ |
1278 | |
1279 | else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) |
1280 | { |
1281 | for (ptr += 3; *ptr != 0; ptr++) if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) break; |
1282 | goto FAIL_EXIT; |
1283 | } |
1284 | |
1285 | /* Handle a condition. If it is an assertion, just carry on so that it |
1286 | is processed as normal. If not, skip to the closing parenthesis of the |
1287 | condition (there can't be any nested parens). */ |
1288 | |
1289 | else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS) |
1290 | { |
1291 | ptr += 2; |
1292 | if (ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK) |
1293 | { |
1294 | while (*ptr != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++; |
1295 | if (*ptr != 0) ptr++; |
1296 | } |
1297 | } |
1298 | |
1299 | /* Start with (? but not a condition. */ |
1300 | |
1301 | else |
1302 | { |
1303 | ptr += 2; |
1304 | if (*ptr == CHAR_P) ptr++; /* Allow optional P */ |
1305 | |
1306 | /* We have to disambiguate (?<! and (?<= from (?<name> for named groups */ |
1307 | |
1308 | if ((*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN && ptr[1] != CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK && |
1309 | ptr[1] != CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) || *ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE) |
1310 | { |
1311 | int term; |
1312 | const uschar *thisname; |
1313 | *count += 1; |
1314 | if (name == NULL && *count == lorn) return *count; |
1315 | term = *ptr++; |
1316 | if (term == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) term = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN; |
1317 | thisname = ptr; |
1318 | while (*ptr != term) ptr++; |
1319 | if (name != NULL && lorn == ptr - thisname && |
1320 | strncmp((const char *)name, (const char *)thisname, lorn) == 0) |
1321 | return *count; |
1322 | term++; |
1323 | } |
1324 | } |
1325 | } |
1326 | |
1327 | /* Past any initial parenthesis handling, scan for parentheses or vertical |
1328 | bars. Stop if we get to cd->end_pattern. Note that this is important for the |
1329 | first-pass call when this value is temporarily adjusted to stop at the current |
1330 | position. So DO NOT change this to a test for binary zero. */ |
1331 | |
1332 | for (; ptr < cd->end_pattern; ptr++) |
1333 | { |
1334 | /* Skip over backslashed characters and also entire \Q...\E */ |
1335 | |
1336 | if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
1337 | { |
1338 | if (*(++ptr) == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT; |
1339 | if (*ptr == CHAR_Q) for (;;) |
1340 | { |
1341 | while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_BACKSLASH) {}; |
1342 | if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT; |
1343 | if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_E) break; |
1344 | } |
1345 | continue; |
1346 | } |
1347 | |
1348 | /* Skip over character classes; this logic must be similar to the way they |
1349 | are handled for real. If the first character is '^', skip it. Also, if the |
1350 | first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we skip them |
1351 | too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. Note the use of STR macros to |
1352 | encode "Q\\E" so that it works in UTF-8 on EBCDIC platforms. */ |
1353 | |
1354 | if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET) |
1355 | { |
1356 | BOOL negate_class = FALSE; |
1357 | for (;;) |
1358 | { |
1359 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
1360 | { |
1361 | if (ptr[2] == CHAR_E) |
1362 | ptr+= 2; |
1363 | else if (strncmp((const char *)ptr+2, |
1364 | STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0) |
1365 | ptr += 4; |
1366 | else |
1367 | break; |
1368 | } |
1369 | else if (!negate_class && ptr[1] == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) |
1370 | { |
1371 | negate_class = TRUE; |
1372 | ptr++; |
1373 | } |
1374 | else break; |
1375 | } |
1376 | |
1377 | /* If the next character is ']', it is a data character that must be |
1378 | skipped, except in JavaScript compatibility mode. */ |
1379 | |
1380 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET && |
1381 | (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0) |
1382 | ptr++; |
1383 | |
1384 | while (*(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) |
1385 | { |
1386 | if (*ptr == 0) return -1; |
1387 | if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
1388 | { |
1389 | if (*(++ptr) == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT; |
1390 | if (*ptr == CHAR_Q) for (;;) |
1391 | { |
1392 | while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_BACKSLASH) {}; |
1393 | if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT; |
1394 | if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_E) break; |
1395 | } |
1396 | continue; |
1397 | } |
1398 | } |
1399 | continue; |
1400 | } |
1401 | |
1402 | /* Skip comments in /x mode */ |
1403 | |
1404 | if (xmode && *ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) |
1405 | { |
1406 | ptr++; |
1407 | while (*ptr != 0) |
1408 | { |
1409 | if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen - 1; break; } |
1410 | ptr++; |
1411 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
1412 | if (utf8) while ((*ptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) ptr++; |
1413 | #endif |
1414 | } |
1415 | if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT; |
1416 | continue; |
1417 | } |
1418 | |
1419 | /* Check for the special metacharacters */ |
1420 | |
1421 | if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS) |
1422 | { |
1423 | int rc = find_parens_sub(&ptr, cd, name, lorn, xmode, utf8, count); |
1424 | if (rc > 0) return rc; |
1425 | if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT; |
1426 | } |
1427 | |
1428 | else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
1429 | { |
1430 | if (dup_parens && *count < hwm_count) *count = hwm_count; |
1431 | goto FAIL_EXIT; |
1432 | } |
1433 | |
1434 | else if (*ptr == CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE && dup_parens) |
1435 | { |
1436 | if (*count > hwm_count) hwm_count = *count; |
1437 | *count = start_count; |
1438 | } |
1439 | } |
1440 | |
1441 | FAIL_EXIT: |
1442 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
1443 | return -1; |
1444 | } |
1445 | |
1446 | |
1447 | |
1448 | |
1449 | /************************************************* |
1450 | * Find forward referenced subpattern * |
1451 | *************************************************/ |
1452 | |
1453 | /* This function scans along a pattern's text looking for capturing |
1454 | subpatterns, and counting them. If it finds a named pattern that matches the |
1455 | name it is given, it returns its number. Alternatively, if the name is NULL, it |
1456 | returns when it reaches a given numbered subpattern. This is used for forward |
1457 | references to subpatterns. We used to be able to start this scan from the |
1458 | current compiling point, using the current count value from cd->bracount, and |
1459 | do it all in a single loop, but the addition of the possibility of duplicate |
1460 | subpattern numbers means that we have to scan from the very start, in order to |
1461 | take account of such duplicates, and to use a recursive function to keep track |
1462 | of the different types of group. |
1463 | |
1464 | Arguments: |
1465 | cd compile background data |
1466 | name name to seek, or NULL if seeking a numbered subpattern |
1467 | lorn name length, or subpattern number if name is NULL |
1468 | xmode TRUE if we are in /x mode |
1469 | utf8 TRUE if we are in UTF-8 mode |
1470 | |
1471 | Returns: the number of the found subpattern, or -1 if not found |
1472 | */ |
1473 | |
1474 | static int |
1475 | find_parens(compile_data *cd, const uschar *name, int lorn, BOOL xmode, |
1476 | BOOL utf8) |
1477 | { |
1478 | uschar *ptr = (uschar *)cd->start_pattern; |
1479 | int count = 0; |
1480 | int rc; |
1481 | |
1482 | /* If the pattern does not start with an opening parenthesis, the first call |
1483 | to find_parens_sub() will scan right to the end (if necessary). However, if it |
1484 | does start with a parenthesis, find_parens_sub() will return when it hits the |
1485 | matching closing parens. That is why we have to have a loop. */ |
1486 | |
1487 | for (;;) |
1488 | { |
1489 | rc = find_parens_sub(&ptr, cd, name, lorn, xmode, utf8, &count); |
1490 | if (rc > 0 || *ptr++ == 0) break; |
1491 | } |
1492 | |
1493 | return rc; |
1494 | } |
1495 | |
1496 | |
1497 | |
1498 | |
1499 | /************************************************* |
1500 | * Find first significant op code * |
1501 | *************************************************/ |
1502 | |
1503 | /* This is called by several functions that scan a compiled expression looking |
1504 | for a fixed first character, or an anchoring op code etc. It skips over things |
1505 | that do not influence this. For some calls, it makes sense to skip negative |
1506 | forward and all backward assertions, and also the \b assertion; for others it |
1507 | does not. |
1508 | |
1509 | Arguments: |
1510 | code pointer to the start of the group |
1511 | skipassert TRUE if certain assertions are to be skipped |
1512 | |
1513 | Returns: pointer to the first significant opcode |
1514 | */ |
1515 | |
1516 | static const uschar* |
1517 | first_significant_code(const uschar *code, BOOL skipassert) |
1518 | { |
1519 | for (;;) |
1520 | { |
1521 | switch ((int)*code) |
1522 | { |
1523 | case OP_ASSERT_NOT: |
1524 | case OP_ASSERTBACK: |
1525 | case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: |
1526 | if (!skipassert) return code; |
1527 | do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
1528 | code += _pcre_OP_lengths[*code]; |
1529 | break; |
1530 | |
1531 | case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
1532 | case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
1533 | if (!skipassert) return code; |
1534 | /* Fall through */ |
1535 | |
1536 | case OP_CALLOUT: |
1537 | case OP_CREF: |
1538 | case OP_NCREF: |
1539 | case OP_RREF: |
1540 | case OP_NRREF: |
1541 | case OP_DEF: |
1542 | code += _pcre_OP_lengths[*code]; |
1543 | break; |
1544 | |
1545 | default: |
1546 | return code; |
1547 | } |
1548 | } |
1549 | /* Control never reaches here */ |
1550 | } |
1551 | |
1552 | |
1553 | |
1554 | |
1555 | /************************************************* |
1556 | * Find the fixed length of a branch * |
1557 | *************************************************/ |
1558 | |
1559 | /* Scan a branch and compute the fixed length of subject that will match it, |
1560 | if the length is fixed. This is needed for dealing with backward assertions. |
1561 | In UTF8 mode, the result is in characters rather than bytes. The branch is |
1562 | temporarily terminated with OP_END when this function is called. |
1563 | |
1564 | This function is called when a backward assertion is encountered, so that if it |
1565 | fails, the error message can point to the correct place in the pattern. |
1566 | However, we cannot do this when the assertion contains subroutine calls, |
1567 | because they can be forward references. We solve this by remembering this case |
1568 | and doing the check at the end; a flag specifies which mode we are running in. |
1569 | |
1570 | Arguments: |
1571 | code points to the start of the pattern (the bracket) |
1572 | utf8 TRUE in UTF-8 mode |
1573 | atend TRUE if called when the pattern is complete |
1574 | cd the "compile data" structure |
1575 | |
1576 | Returns: the fixed length, |
1577 | or -1 if there is no fixed length, |
1578 | or -2 if \C was encountered (in UTF-8 mode only) |
1579 | or -3 if an OP_RECURSE item was encountered and atend is FALSE |
1580 | or -4 if an unknown opcode was encountered (internal error) |
1581 | */ |
1582 | |
1583 | static int |
1584 | find_fixedlength(uschar *code, BOOL utf8, BOOL atend, compile_data *cd) |
1585 | { |
1586 | int length = -1; |
1587 | |
1588 | register int branchlength = 0; |
1589 | register uschar *cc = code + 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
1590 | |
1591 | /* Scan along the opcodes for this branch. If we get to the end of the |
1592 | branch, check the length against that of the other branches. */ |
1593 | |
1594 | for (;;) |
1595 | { |
1596 | int d; |
1597 | uschar *ce, *cs; |
1598 | register int op = *cc; |
1599 | switch (op) |
1600 | { |
1601 | /* We only need to continue for OP_CBRA (normal capturing bracket) and |
1602 | OP_BRA (normal non-capturing bracket) because the other variants of these |
1603 | opcodes are all concerned with unlimited repeated groups, which of course |
1604 | are not of fixed length. */ |
1605 | |
1606 | case OP_CBRA: |
1607 | case OP_BRA: |
1608 | case OP_ONCE: |
1609 | case OP_ONCE_NC: |
1610 | case OP_COND: |
1611 | d = find_fixedlength(cc + ((op == OP_CBRA)? 2:0), utf8, atend, cd); |
1612 | if (d < 0) return d; |
1613 | branchlength += d; |
1614 | do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT); |
1615 | cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
1616 | break; |
1617 | |
1618 | /* Reached end of a branch; if it's a ket it is the end of a nested call. |
1619 | If it's ALT it is an alternation in a nested call. An ACCEPT is effectively |
1620 | an ALT. If it is END it's the end of the outer call. All can be handled by |
1621 | the same code. Note that we must not include the OP_KETRxxx opcodes here, |
1622 | because they all imply an unlimited repeat. */ |
1623 | |
1624 | case OP_ALT: |
1625 | case OP_KET: |
1626 | case OP_END: |
1627 | case OP_ACCEPT: |
1628 | case OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT: |
1629 | if (length < 0) length = branchlength; |
1630 | else if (length != branchlength) return -1; |
1631 | if (*cc != OP_ALT) return length; |
1632 | cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
1633 | branchlength = 0; |
1634 | break; |
1635 | |
1636 | /* A true recursion implies not fixed length, but a subroutine call may |
1637 | be OK. If the subroutine is a forward reference, we can't deal with |
1638 | it until the end of the pattern, so return -3. */ |
1639 | |
1640 | case OP_RECURSE: |
1641 | if (!atend) return -3; |
1642 | cs = ce = (uschar *)cd->start_code + GET(cc, 1); /* Start subpattern */ |
1643 | do ce += GET(ce, 1); while (*ce == OP_ALT); /* End subpattern */ |
1644 | if (cc > cs && cc < ce) return -1; /* Recursion */ |
1645 | d = find_fixedlength(cs + 2, utf8, atend, cd); |
1646 | if (d < 0) return d; |
1647 | branchlength += d; |
1648 | cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
1649 | break; |
1650 | |
1651 | /* Skip over assertive subpatterns */ |
1652 | |
1653 | case OP_ASSERT: |
1654 | case OP_ASSERT_NOT: |
1655 | case OP_ASSERTBACK: |
1656 | case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: |
1657 | do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT); |
1658 | /* Fall through */ |
1659 | |
1660 | /* Skip over things that don't match chars */ |
1661 | |
1662 | case OP_MARK: |
1663 | case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
1664 | case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
1665 | case OP_THEN_ARG: |
1666 | cc += cc[1] + _pcre_OP_lengths[*cc]; |
1667 | break; |
1668 | |
1669 | case OP_CALLOUT: |
1670 | case OP_CIRC: |
1671 | case OP_CIRCM: |
1672 | case OP_CLOSE: |
1673 | case OP_COMMIT: |
1674 | case OP_CREF: |
1675 | case OP_DEF: |
1676 | case OP_DOLL: |
1677 | case OP_DOLLM: |
1678 | case OP_EOD: |
1679 | case OP_EODN: |
1680 | case OP_FAIL: |
1681 | case OP_NCREF: |
1682 | case OP_NRREF: |
1683 | case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
1684 | case OP_PRUNE: |
1685 | case OP_REVERSE: |
1686 | case OP_RREF: |
1687 | case OP_SET_SOM: |
1688 | case OP_SKIP: |
1689 | case OP_SOD: |
1690 | case OP_SOM: |
1691 | case OP_THEN: |
1692 | case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
1693 | cc += _pcre_OP_lengths[*cc]; |
1694 | break; |
1695 | |
1696 | /* Handle literal characters */ |
1697 | |
1698 | case OP_CHAR: |
1699 | case OP_CHARI: |
1700 | case OP_NOT: |
1701 | case OP_NOTI: |
1702 | branchlength++; |
1703 | cc += 2; |
1704 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
1705 | if (utf8 && cc[-1] >= 0xc0) cc += _pcre_utf8_table4[cc[-1] & 0x3f]; |
1706 | #endif |
1707 | break; |
1708 | |
1709 | /* Handle exact repetitions. The count is already in characters, but we |
1710 | need to skip over a multibyte character in UTF8 mode. */ |
1711 | |
1712 | case OP_EXACT: |
1713 | case OP_EXACTI: |
1714 | case OP_NOTEXACT: |
1715 | case OP_NOTEXACTI: |
1716 | branchlength += GET2(cc,1); |
1717 | cc += 4; |
1718 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
1719 | if (utf8 && cc[-1] >= 0xc0) cc += _pcre_utf8_table4[cc[-1] & 0x3f]; |
1720 | #endif |
1721 | break; |
1722 | |
1723 | case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
1724 | branchlength += GET2(cc,1); |
1725 | if (cc[3] == OP_PROP || cc[3] == OP_NOTPROP) cc += 2; |
1726 | cc += 4; |
1727 | break; |
1728 | |
1729 | /* Handle single-char matchers */ |
1730 | |
1731 | case OP_PROP: |
1732 | case OP_NOTPROP: |
1733 | cc += 2; |
1734 | /* Fall through */ |
1735 | |
1736 | case OP_HSPACE: |
1737 | case OP_VSPACE: |
1738 | case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
1739 | case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
1740 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
1741 | case OP_DIGIT: |
1742 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
1743 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
1744 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
1745 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
1746 | case OP_ANY: |
1747 | case OP_ALLANY: |
1748 | branchlength++; |
1749 | cc++; |
1750 | break; |
1751 | |
1752 | /* The single-byte matcher isn't allowed. This only happens in UTF-8 mode; |
1753 | otherwise \C is coded as OP_ALLANY. */ |
1754 | |
1755 | case OP_ANYBYTE: |
1756 | return -2; |
1757 | |
1758 | /* Check a class for variable quantification */ |
1759 | |
1760 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
1761 | case OP_XCLASS: |
1762 | cc += GET(cc, 1) - 33; |
1763 | /* Fall through */ |
1764 | #endif |
1765 | |
1766 | case OP_CLASS: |
1767 | case OP_NCLASS: |
1768 | cc += 33; |
1769 | |
1770 | switch (*cc) |
1771 | { |
1772 | case OP_CRPLUS: |
1773 | case OP_CRMINPLUS: |
1774 | case OP_CRSTAR: |
1775 | case OP_CRMINSTAR: |
1776 | case OP_CRQUERY: |
1777 | case OP_CRMINQUERY: |
1778 | return -1; |
1779 | |
1780 | case OP_CRRANGE: |
1781 | case OP_CRMINRANGE: |
1782 | if (GET2(cc,1) != GET2(cc,3)) return -1; |
1783 | branchlength += GET2(cc,1); |
1784 | cc += 5; |
1785 | break; |
1786 | |
1787 | default: |
1788 | branchlength++; |
1789 | } |
1790 | break; |
1791 | |
1792 | /* Anything else is variable length */ |
1793 | |
1794 | case OP_ANYNL: |
1795 | case OP_BRAMINZERO: |
1796 | case OP_BRAPOS: |
1797 | case OP_BRAPOSZERO: |
1798 | case OP_BRAZERO: |
1799 | case OP_CBRAPOS: |
1800 | case OP_EXTUNI: |
1801 | case OP_KETRMAX: |
1802 | case OP_KETRMIN: |
1803 | case OP_KETRPOS: |
1804 | case OP_MINPLUS: |
1805 | case OP_MINPLUSI: |
1806 | case OP_MINQUERY: |
1807 | case OP_MINQUERYI: |
1808 | case OP_MINSTAR: |
1809 | case OP_MINSTARI: |
1810 | case OP_MINUPTO: |
1811 | case OP_MINUPTOI: |
1812 | case OP_NOTMINPLUS: |
1813 | case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: |
1814 | case OP_NOTMINQUERY: |
1815 | case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: |
1816 | case OP_NOTMINSTAR: |
1817 | case OP_NOTMINSTARI: |
1818 | case OP_NOTMINUPTO: |
1819 | case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: |
1820 | case OP_NOTPLUS: |
1821 | case OP_NOTPLUSI: |
1822 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: |
1823 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: |
1824 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: |
1825 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: |
1826 | case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: |
1827 | case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: |
1828 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: |
1829 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: |
1830 | case OP_NOTQUERY: |
1831 | case OP_NOTQUERYI: |
1832 | case OP_NOTSTAR: |
1833 | case OP_NOTSTARI: |
1834 | case OP_NOTUPTO: |
1835 | case OP_NOTUPTOI: |
1836 | case OP_PLUS: |
1837 | case OP_PLUSI: |
1838 | case OP_POSPLUS: |
1839 | case OP_POSPLUSI: |
1840 | case OP_POSQUERY: |
1841 | case OP_POSQUERYI: |
1842 | case OP_POSSTAR: |
1843 | case OP_POSSTARI: |
1844 | case OP_POSUPTO: |
1845 | case OP_POSUPTOI: |
1846 | case OP_QUERY: |
1847 | case OP_QUERYI: |
1848 | case OP_REF: |
1849 | case OP_REFI: |
1850 | case OP_SBRA: |
1851 | case OP_SBRAPOS: |
1852 | case OP_SCBRA: |
1853 | case OP_SCBRAPOS: |
1854 | case OP_SCOND: |
1855 | case OP_SKIPZERO: |
1856 | case OP_STAR: |
1857 | case OP_STARI: |
1858 | case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
1859 | case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
1860 | case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
1861 | case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
1862 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
1863 | case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
1864 | case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
1865 | case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
1866 | case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
1867 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
1868 | case OP_TYPESTAR: |
1869 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
1870 | case OP_UPTO: |
1871 | case OP_UPTOI: |
1872 | return -1; |
1873 | |
1874 | /* Catch unrecognized opcodes so that when new ones are added they |
1875 | are not forgotten, as has happened in the past. */ |
1876 | |
1877 | default: |
1878 | return -4; |
1879 | } |
1880 | } |
1881 | /* Control never gets here */ |
1882 | } |
1883 | |
1884 | |
1885 | |
1886 | |
1887 | /************************************************* |
1888 | * Scan compiled regex for specific bracket * |
1889 | *************************************************/ |
1890 | |
1891 | /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds a |
1892 | capturing bracket with the given number, or, if the number is negative, an |
1893 | instance of OP_REVERSE for a lookbehind. The function is global in the C sense |
1894 | so that it can be called from pcre_study() when finding the minimum matching |
1895 | length. |
1896 | |
1897 | Arguments: |
1898 | code points to start of expression |
1899 | utf8 TRUE in UTF-8 mode |
1900 | number the required bracket number or negative to find a lookbehind |
1901 | |
1902 | Returns: pointer to the opcode for the bracket, or NULL if not found |
1903 | */ |
1904 | |
1905 | const uschar * |
1906 | _pcre_find_bracket(const uschar *code, BOOL utf8, int number) |
1907 | { |
1908 | for (;;) |
1909 | { |
1910 | register int c = *code; |
1911 | |
1912 | if (c == OP_END) return NULL; |
1913 | |
1914 | /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit |
1915 | map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in |
1916 | the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */ |
1917 | |
1918 | if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1); |
1919 | |
1920 | /* Handle recursion */ |
1921 | |
1922 | else if (c == OP_REVERSE) |
1923 | { |
1924 | if (number < 0) return (uschar *)code; |
1925 | code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c]; |
1926 | } |
1927 | |
1928 | /* Handle capturing bracket */ |
1929 | |
1930 | else if (c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_SCBRA || |
1931 | c == OP_CBRAPOS || c == OP_SCBRAPOS) |
1932 | { |
1933 | int n = GET2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE); |
1934 | if (n == number) return (uschar *)code; |
1935 | code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c]; |
1936 | } |
1937 | |
1938 | /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for |
1939 | repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra |
1940 | two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we |
1941 | must add in its length. */ |
1942 | |
1943 | else |
1944 | { |
1945 | switch(c) |
1946 | { |
1947 | case OP_TYPESTAR: |
1948 | case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
1949 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
1950 | case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
1951 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
1952 | case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
1953 | case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
1954 | case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
1955 | case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
1956 | if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
1957 | break; |
1958 | |
1959 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
1960 | case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
1961 | case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
1962 | case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
1963 | if (code[3] == OP_PROP || code[3] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
1964 | break; |
1965 | |
1966 | case OP_MARK: |
1967 | case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
1968 | case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
1969 | code += code[1]; |
1970 | break; |
1971 | |
1972 | case OP_THEN_ARG: |
1973 | code += code[1]; |
1974 | break; |
1975 | } |
1976 | |
1977 | /* Add in the fixed length from the table */ |
1978 | |
1979 | code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c]; |
1980 | |
1981 | /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by |
1982 | a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to |
1983 | arrange to skip the extra bytes. */ |
1984 | |
1985 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
1986 | if (utf8) switch(c) |
1987 | { |
1988 | case OP_CHAR: |
1989 | case OP_CHARI: |
1990 | case OP_EXACT: |
1991 | case OP_EXACTI: |
1992 | case OP_UPTO: |
1993 | case OP_UPTOI: |
1994 | case OP_MINUPTO: |
1995 | case OP_MINUPTOI: |
1996 | case OP_POSUPTO: |
1997 | case OP_POSUPTOI: |
1998 | case OP_STAR: |
1999 | case OP_STARI: |
2000 | case OP_MINSTAR: |
2001 | case OP_MINSTARI: |
2002 | case OP_POSSTAR: |
2003 | case OP_POSSTARI: |
2004 | case OP_PLUS: |
2005 | case OP_PLUSI: |
2006 | case OP_MINPLUS: |
2007 | case OP_MINPLUSI: |
2008 | case OP_POSPLUS: |
2009 | case OP_POSPLUSI: |
2010 | case OP_QUERY: |
2011 | case OP_QUERYI: |
2012 | case OP_MINQUERY: |
2013 | case OP_MINQUERYI: |
2014 | case OP_POSQUERY: |
2015 | case OP_POSQUERYI: |
2016 | if (code[-1] >= 0xc0) code += _pcre_utf8_table4[code[-1] & 0x3f]; |
2017 | break; |
2018 | } |
2019 | #else |
2020 | (void)(utf8); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */ |
2021 | #endif |
2022 | } |
2023 | } |
2024 | } |
2025 | |
2026 | |
2027 | |
2028 | /************************************************* |
2029 | * Scan compiled regex for recursion reference * |
2030 | *************************************************/ |
2031 | |
2032 | /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds an |
2033 | instance of OP_RECURSE. |
2034 | |
2035 | Arguments: |
2036 | code points to start of expression |
2037 | utf8 TRUE in UTF-8 mode |
2038 | |
2039 | Returns: pointer to the opcode for OP_RECURSE, or NULL if not found |
2040 | */ |
2041 | |
2042 | static const uschar * |
2043 | find_recurse(const uschar *code, BOOL utf8) |
2044 | { |
2045 | for (;;) |
2046 | { |
2047 | register int c = *code; |
2048 | if (c == OP_END) return NULL; |
2049 | if (c == OP_RECURSE) return code; |
2050 | |
2051 | /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit |
2052 | map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in |
2053 | the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */ |
2054 | |
2055 | if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1); |
2056 | |
2057 | /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for |
2058 | repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra |
2059 | two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we |
2060 | must add in its length. */ |
2061 | |
2062 | else |
2063 | { |
2064 | switch(c) |
2065 | { |
2066 | case OP_TYPESTAR: |
2067 | case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
2068 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
2069 | case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
2070 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
2071 | case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
2072 | case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
2073 | case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
2074 | case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
2075 | if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
2076 | break; |
2077 | |
2078 | case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
2079 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
2080 | case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
2081 | case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
2082 | if (code[3] == OP_PROP || code[3] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
2083 | break; |
2084 | |
2085 | case OP_MARK: |
2086 | case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
2087 | case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
2088 | code += code[1]; |
2089 | break; |
2090 | |
2091 | case OP_THEN_ARG: |
2092 | code += code[1]; |
2093 | break; |
2094 | } |
2095 | |
2096 | /* Add in the fixed length from the table */ |
2097 | |
2098 | code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c]; |
2099 | |
2100 | /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed |
2101 | by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have |
2102 | to arrange to skip the extra bytes. */ |
2103 | |
2104 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
2105 | if (utf8) switch(c) |
2106 | { |
2107 | case OP_CHAR: |
2108 | case OP_CHARI: |
2109 | case OP_EXACT: |
2110 | case OP_EXACTI: |
2111 | case OP_UPTO: |
2112 | case OP_UPTOI: |
2113 | case OP_MINUPTO: |
2114 | case OP_MINUPTOI: |
2115 | case OP_POSUPTO: |
2116 | case OP_POSUPTOI: |
2117 | case OP_STAR: |
2118 | case OP_STARI: |
2119 | case OP_MINSTAR: |
2120 | case OP_MINSTARI: |
2121 | case OP_POSSTAR: |
2122 | case OP_POSSTARI: |
2123 | case OP_PLUS: |
2124 | case OP_PLUSI: |
2125 | case OP_MINPLUS: |
2126 | case OP_MINPLUSI: |
2127 | case OP_POSPLUS: |
2128 | case OP_POSPLUSI: |
2129 | case OP_QUERY: |
2130 | case OP_QUERYI: |
2131 | case OP_MINQUERY: |
2132 | case OP_MINQUERYI: |
2133 | case OP_POSQUERY: |
2134 | case OP_POSQUERYI: |
2135 | if (code[-1] >= 0xc0) code += _pcre_utf8_table4[code[-1] & 0x3f]; |
2136 | break; |
2137 | } |
2138 | #else |
2139 | (void)(utf8); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */ |
2140 | #endif |
2141 | } |
2142 | } |
2143 | } |
2144 | |
2145 | |
2146 | |
2147 | /************************************************* |
2148 | * Scan compiled branch for non-emptiness * |
2149 | *************************************************/ |
2150 | |
2151 | /* This function scans through a branch of a compiled pattern to see whether it |
2152 | can match the empty string or not. It is called from could_be_empty() |
2153 | below and from compile_branch() when checking for an unlimited repeat of a |
2154 | group that can match nothing. Note that first_significant_code() skips over |
2155 | backward and negative forward assertions when its final argument is TRUE. If we |
2156 | hit an unclosed bracket, we return "empty" - this means we've struck an inner |
2157 | bracket whose current branch will already have been scanned. |
2158 | |
2159 | Arguments: |
2160 | code points to start of search |
2161 | endcode points to where to stop |
2162 | utf8 TRUE if in UTF8 mode |
2163 | cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
2164 | |
2165 | Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty |
2166 | */ |
2167 | |
2168 | static BOOL |
2169 | could_be_empty_branch(const uschar *code, const uschar *endcode, BOOL utf8, |
2170 | compile_data *cd) |
2171 | { |
2172 | register int c; |
2173 | for (code = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[*code], TRUE); |
2174 | code < endcode; |
2175 | code = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[c], TRUE)) |
2176 | { |
2177 | const uschar *ccode; |
2178 | |
2179 | c = *code; |
2180 | |
2181 | /* Skip over forward assertions; the other assertions are skipped by |
2182 | first_significant_code() with a TRUE final argument. */ |
2183 | |
2184 | if (c == OP_ASSERT) |
2185 | { |
2186 | do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
2187 | c = *code; |
2188 | continue; |
2189 | } |
2190 | |
2191 | /* For a recursion/subroutine call, if its end has been reached, which |
2192 | implies a backward reference subroutine call, we can scan it. If it's a |
2193 | forward reference subroutine call, we can't. To detect forward reference |
2194 | we have to scan up the list that is kept in the workspace. This function is |
2195 | called only when doing the real compile, not during the pre-compile that |
2196 | measures the size of the compiled pattern. */ |
2197 | |
2198 | if (c == OP_RECURSE) |
2199 | { |
2200 | const uschar *scode; |
2201 | BOOL empty_branch; |
2202 | |
2203 | /* Test for forward reference */ |
2204 | |
2205 | for (scode = cd->start_workspace; scode < cd->hwm; scode += LINK_SIZE) |
2206 | if (GET(scode, 0) == code + 1 - cd->start_code) return TRUE; |
2207 | |
2208 | /* Not a forward reference, test for completed backward reference */ |
2209 | |
2210 | empty_branch = FALSE; |
2211 | scode = cd->start_code + GET(code, 1); |
2212 | if (GET(scode, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Unclosed */ |
2213 | |
2214 | /* Completed backwards reference */ |
2215 | |
2216 | do |
2217 | { |
2218 | if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, endcode, utf8, cd)) |
2219 | { |
2220 | empty_branch = TRUE; |
2221 | break; |
2222 | } |
2223 | scode += GET(scode, 1); |
2224 | } |
2225 | while (*scode == OP_ALT); |
2226 | |
2227 | if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */ |
2228 | continue; |
2229 | } |
2230 | |
2231 | /* Groups with zero repeats can of course be empty; skip them. */ |
2232 | |
2233 | if (c == OP_BRAZERO || c == OP_BRAMINZERO || c == OP_SKIPZERO || |
2234 | c == OP_BRAPOSZERO) |
2235 | { |
2236 | code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c]; |
2237 | do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
2238 | c = *code; |
2239 | continue; |
2240 | } |
2241 | |
2242 | /* A nested group that is already marked as "could be empty" can just be |
2243 | skipped. */ |
2244 | |
2245 | if (c == OP_SBRA || c == OP_SBRAPOS || |
2246 | c == OP_SCBRA || c == OP_SCBRAPOS) |
2247 | { |
2248 | do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
2249 | c = *code; |
2250 | continue; |
2251 | } |
2252 | |
2253 | /* For other groups, scan the branches. */ |
2254 | |
2255 | if (c == OP_BRA || c == OP_BRAPOS || |
2256 | c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_CBRAPOS || |
2257 | c == OP_ONCE || c == OP_ONCE_NC || |
2258 | c == OP_COND) |
2259 | { |
2260 | BOOL empty_branch; |
2261 | if (GET(code, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Hit unclosed bracket */ |
2262 | |
2263 | /* If a conditional group has only one branch, there is a second, implied, |
2264 | empty branch, so just skip over the conditional, because it could be empty. |
2265 | Otherwise, scan the individual branches of the group. */ |
2266 | |
2267 | if (c == OP_COND && code[GET(code, 1)] != OP_ALT) |
2268 | code += GET(code, 1); |
2269 | else |
2270 | { |
2271 | empty_branch = FALSE; |
2272 | do |
2273 | { |
2274 | if (!empty_branch && could_be_empty_branch(code, endcode, utf8, cd)) |
2275 | empty_branch = TRUE; |
2276 | code += GET(code, 1); |
2277 | } |
2278 | while (*code == OP_ALT); |
2279 | if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */ |
2280 | } |
2281 | |
2282 | c = *code; |
2283 | continue; |
2284 | } |
2285 | |
2286 | /* Handle the other opcodes */ |
2287 | |
2288 | switch (c) |
2289 | { |
2290 | /* Check for quantifiers after a class. XCLASS is used for classes that |
2291 | cannot be represented just by a bit map. This includes negated single |
2292 | high-valued characters. The length in _pcre_OP_lengths[] is zero; the |
2293 | actual length is stored in the compiled code, so we must update "code" |
2294 | here. */ |
2295 | |
2296 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
2297 | case OP_XCLASS: |
2298 | ccode = code += GET(code, 1); |
2299 | goto CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT; |
2300 | #endif |
2301 | |
2302 | case OP_CLASS: |
2303 | case OP_NCLASS: |
2304 | ccode = code + 33; |
2305 | |
2306 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
2307 | CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT: |
2308 | #endif |
2309 | |
2310 | switch (*ccode) |
2311 | { |
2312 | case OP_CRSTAR: /* These could be empty; continue */ |
2313 | case OP_CRMINSTAR: |
2314 | case OP_CRQUERY: |
2315 | case OP_CRMINQUERY: |
2316 | break; |
2317 | |
2318 | default: /* Non-repeat => class must match */ |
2319 | case OP_CRPLUS: /* These repeats aren't empty */ |
2320 | case OP_CRMINPLUS: |
2321 | return FALSE; |
2322 | |
2323 | case OP_CRRANGE: |
2324 | case OP_CRMINRANGE: |
2325 | if (GET2(ccode, 1) > 0) return FALSE; /* Minimum > 0 */ |
2326 | break; |
2327 | } |
2328 | break; |
2329 | |
2330 | /* Opcodes that must match a character */ |
2331 | |
2332 | case OP_PROP: |
2333 | case OP_NOTPROP: |
2334 | case OP_EXTUNI: |
2335 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
2336 | case OP_DIGIT: |
2337 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
2338 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
2339 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
2340 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
2341 | case OP_ANY: |
2342 | case OP_ALLANY: |
2343 | case OP_ANYBYTE: |
2344 | case OP_CHAR: |
2345 | case OP_CHARI: |
2346 | case OP_NOT: |
2347 | case OP_NOTI: |
2348 | case OP_PLUS: |
2349 | case OP_MINPLUS: |
2350 | case OP_POSPLUS: |
2351 | case OP_EXACT: |
2352 | case OP_NOTPLUS: |
2353 | case OP_NOTMINPLUS: |
2354 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: |
2355 | case OP_NOTEXACT: |
2356 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
2357 | case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
2358 | case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
2359 | case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
2360 | return FALSE; |
2361 | |
2362 | /* These are going to continue, as they may be empty, but we have to |
2363 | fudge the length for the \p and \P cases. */ |
2364 | |
2365 | case OP_TYPESTAR: |
2366 | case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
2367 | case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
2368 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
2369 | case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
2370 | case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
2371 | if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
2372 | break; |
2373 | |
2374 | /* Same for these */ |
2375 | |
2376 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
2377 | case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
2378 | case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
2379 | if (code[3] == OP_PROP || code[3] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
2380 | break; |
2381 | |
2382 | /* End of branch */ |
2383 | |
2384 | case OP_KET: |
2385 | case OP_KETRMAX: |
2386 | case OP_KETRMIN: |
2387 | case OP_KETRPOS: |
2388 | case OP_ALT: |
2389 | return TRUE; |
2390 | |
2391 | /* In UTF-8 mode, STAR, MINSTAR, POSSTAR, QUERY, MINQUERY, POSQUERY, UPTO, |
2392 | MINUPTO, and POSUPTO may be followed by a multibyte character */ |
2393 | |
2394 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
2395 | case OP_STAR: |
2396 | case OP_STARI: |
2397 | case OP_MINSTAR: |
2398 | case OP_MINSTARI: |
2399 | case OP_POSSTAR: |
2400 | case OP_POSSTARI: |
2401 | case OP_QUERY: |
2402 | case OP_QUERYI: |
2403 | case OP_MINQUERY: |
2404 | case OP_MINQUERYI: |
2405 | case OP_POSQUERY: |
2406 | case OP_POSQUERYI: |
2407 | if (utf8 && code[1] >= 0xc0) code += _pcre_utf8_table4[code[1] & 0x3f]; |
2408 | break; |
2409 | |
2410 | case OP_UPTO: |
2411 | case OP_UPTOI: |
2412 | case OP_MINUPTO: |
2413 | case OP_MINUPTOI: |
2414 | case OP_POSUPTO: |
2415 | case OP_POSUPTOI: |
2416 | if (utf8 && code[3] >= 0xc0) code += _pcre_utf8_table4[code[3] & 0x3f]; |
2417 | break; |
2418 | #endif |
2419 | |
2420 | /* MARK, and PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument must skip over the argument |
2421 | string. */ |
2422 | |
2423 | case OP_MARK: |
2424 | case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
2425 | case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
2426 | code += code[1]; |
2427 | break; |
2428 | |
2429 | case OP_THEN_ARG: |
2430 | code += code[1]; |
2431 | break; |
2432 | |
2433 | /* None of the remaining opcodes are required to match a character. */ |
2434 | |
2435 | default: |
2436 | break; |
2437 | } |
2438 | } |
2439 | |
2440 | return TRUE; |
2441 | } |
2442 | |
2443 | |
2444 | |
2445 | /************************************************* |
2446 | * Scan compiled regex for non-emptiness * |
2447 | *************************************************/ |
2448 | |
2449 | /* This function is called to check for left recursive calls. We want to check |
2450 | the current branch of the current pattern to see if it could match the empty |
2451 | string. If it could, we must look outwards for branches at other levels, |
2452 | stopping when we pass beyond the bracket which is the subject of the recursion. |
2453 | This function is called only during the real compile, not during the |
2454 | pre-compile. |
2455 | |
2456 | Arguments: |
2457 | code points to start of the recursion |
2458 | endcode points to where to stop (current RECURSE item) |
2459 | bcptr points to the chain of current (unclosed) branch starts |
2460 | utf8 TRUE if in UTF-8 mode |
2461 | cd pointers to tables etc |
2462 | |
2463 | Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty |
2464 | */ |
2465 | |
2466 | static BOOL |
2467 | could_be_empty(const uschar *code, const uschar *endcode, branch_chain *bcptr, |
2468 | BOOL utf8, compile_data *cd) |
2469 | { |
2470 | while (bcptr != NULL && bcptr->current_branch >= code) |
2471 | { |
2472 | if (!could_be_empty_branch(bcptr->current_branch, endcode, utf8, cd)) |
2473 | return FALSE; |
2474 | bcptr = bcptr->outer; |
2475 | } |
2476 | return TRUE; |
2477 | } |
2478 | |
2479 | |
2480 | |
2481 | /************************************************* |
2482 | * Check for POSIX class syntax * |
2483 | *************************************************/ |
2484 | |
2485 | /* This function is called when the sequence "[:" or "[." or "[=" is |
2486 | encountered in a character class. It checks whether this is followed by a |
2487 | sequence of characters terminated by a matching ":]" or ".]" or "=]". If we |
2488 | reach an unescaped ']' without the special preceding character, return FALSE. |
2489 | |
2490 | Originally, this function only recognized a sequence of letters between the |
2491 | terminators, but it seems that Perl recognizes any sequence of characters, |
2492 | though of course unknown POSIX names are subsequently rejected. Perl gives an |
2493 | "Unknown POSIX class" error for [:f\oo:] for example, where previously PCRE |
2494 | didn't consider this to be a POSIX class. Likewise for [:1234:]. |
2495 | |
2496 | The problem in trying to be exactly like Perl is in the handling of escapes. We |
2497 | have to be sure that [abc[:x\]pqr] is *not* treated as containing a POSIX |
2498 | class, but [abc[:x\]pqr:]] is (so that an error can be generated). The code |
2499 | below handles the special case of \], but does not try to do any other escape |
2500 | processing. This makes it different from Perl for cases such as [:l\ower:] |
2501 | where Perl recognizes it as the POSIX class "lower" but PCRE does not recognize |
2502 | "l\ower". This is a lesser evil that not diagnosing bad classes when Perl does, |
2503 | I think. |
2504 | |
2505 | A user pointed out that PCRE was rejecting [:a[:digit:]] whereas Perl was not. |
2506 | It seems that the appearance of a nested POSIX class supersedes an apparent |
2507 | external class. For example, [:a[:digit:]b:] matches "a", "b", ":", or |
2508 | a digit. |
2509 | |
2510 | In Perl, unescaped square brackets may also appear as part of class names. For |
2511 | example, [:a[:abc]b:] gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b:]". However, for |
2512 | [:a[:abc]b][b:] it gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b][b:]", which does not |
2513 | seem right at all. PCRE does not allow closing square brackets in POSIX class |
2514 | names. |
2515 | |
2516 | Arguments: |
2517 | ptr pointer to the initial [ |
2518 | endptr where to return the end pointer |
2519 | |
2520 | Returns: TRUE or FALSE |
2521 | */ |
2522 | |
2523 | static BOOL |
2524 | check_posix_syntax(const uschar *ptr, const uschar **endptr) |
2525 | { |
2526 | int terminator; /* Don't combine these lines; the Solaris cc */ |
2527 | terminator = *(++ptr); /* compiler warns about "non-constant" initializer. */ |
2528 | for (++ptr; *ptr != 0; ptr++) |
2529 | { |
2530 | if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) |
2531 | ptr++; |
2532 | else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) return FALSE; |
2533 | else |
2534 | { |
2535 | if (*ptr == terminator && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) |
2536 | { |
2537 | *endptr = ptr; |
2538 | return TRUE; |
2539 | } |
2540 | if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET && |
2541 | (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || |
2542 | ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && |
2543 | check_posix_syntax(ptr, endptr)) |
2544 | return FALSE; |
2545 | } |
2546 | } |
2547 | return FALSE; |
2548 | } |
2549 | |
2550 | |
2551 | |
2552 | |
2553 | /************************************************* |
2554 | * Check POSIX class name * |
2555 | *************************************************/ |
2556 | |
2557 | /* This function is called to check the name given in a POSIX-style class entry |
2558 | such as [:alnum:]. |
2559 | |
2560 | Arguments: |
2561 | ptr points to the first letter |
2562 | len the length of the name |
2563 | |
2564 | Returns: a value representing the name, or -1 if unknown |
2565 | */ |
2566 | |
2567 | static int |
2568 | check_posix_name(const uschar *ptr, int len) |
2569 | { |
2570 | const char *pn = posix_names; |
2571 | register int yield = 0; |
2572 | while (posix_name_lengths[yield] != 0) |
2573 | { |
2574 | if (len == posix_name_lengths[yield] && |
2575 | strncmp((const char *)ptr, pn, len) == 0) return yield; |
2576 | pn += posix_name_lengths[yield] + 1; |
2577 | yield++; |
2578 | } |
2579 | return -1; |
2580 | } |
2581 | |
2582 | |
2583 | /************************************************* |
2584 | * Adjust OP_RECURSE items in repeated group * |
2585 | *************************************************/ |
2586 | |
2587 | /* OP_RECURSE items contain an offset from the start of the regex to the group |
2588 | that is referenced. This means that groups can be replicated for fixed |
2589 | repetition simply by copying (because the recursion is allowed to refer to |
2590 | earlier groups that are outside the current group). However, when a group is |
2591 | optional (i.e. the minimum quantifier is zero), OP_BRAZERO or OP_SKIPZERO is |
2592 | inserted before it, after it has been compiled. This means that any OP_RECURSE |
2593 | items within it that refer to the group itself or any contained groups have to |
2594 | have their offsets adjusted. That one of the jobs of this function. Before it |
2595 | is called, the partially compiled regex must be temporarily terminated with |
2596 | OP_END. |
2597 | |
2598 | This function has been extended with the possibility of forward references for |
2599 | recursions and subroutine calls. It must also check the list of such references |
2600 | for the group we are dealing with. If it finds that one of the recursions in |
2601 | the current group is on this list, it adjusts the offset in the list, not the |
2602 | value in the reference (which is a group number). |
2603 | |
2604 | Arguments: |
2605 | group points to the start of the group |
2606 | adjust the amount by which the group is to be moved |
2607 | utf8 TRUE in UTF-8 mode |
2608 | cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
2609 | save_hwm the hwm forward reference pointer at the start of the group |
2610 | |
2611 | Returns: nothing |
2612 | */ |
2613 | |
2614 | static void |
2615 | adjust_recurse(uschar *group, int adjust, BOOL utf8, compile_data *cd, |
2616 | uschar *save_hwm) |
2617 | { |
2618 | uschar *ptr = group; |
2619 | |
2620 | while ((ptr = (uschar *)find_recurse(ptr, utf8)) != NULL) |
2621 | { |
2622 | int offset; |
2623 | uschar *hc; |
2624 | |
2625 | /* See if this recursion is on the forward reference list. If so, adjust the |
2626 | reference. */ |
2627 | |
2628 | for (hc = save_hwm; hc < cd->hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE) |
2629 | { |
2630 | offset = GET(hc, 0); |
2631 | if (cd->start_code + offset == ptr + 1) |
2632 | { |
2633 | PUT(hc, 0, offset + adjust); |
2634 | break; |
2635 | } |
2636 | } |
2637 | |
2638 | /* Otherwise, adjust the recursion offset if it's after the start of this |
2639 | group. */ |
2640 | |
2641 | if (hc >= cd->hwm) |
2642 | { |
2643 | offset = GET(ptr, 1); |
2644 | if (cd->start_code + offset >= group) PUT(ptr, 1, offset + adjust); |
2645 | } |
2646 | |
2647 | ptr += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
2648 | } |
2649 | } |
2650 | |
2651 | |
2652 | |
2653 | /************************************************* |
2654 | * Insert an automatic callout point * |
2655 | *************************************************/ |
2656 | |
2657 | /* This function is called when the PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT option is set, to insert |
2658 | callout points before each pattern item. |
2659 | |
2660 | Arguments: |
2661 | code current code pointer |
2662 | ptr current pattern pointer |
2663 | cd pointers to tables etc |
2664 | |
2665 | Returns: new code pointer |
2666 | */ |
2667 | |
2668 | static uschar * |
2669 | auto_callout(uschar *code, const uschar *ptr, compile_data *cd) |
2670 | { |
2671 | *code++ = OP_CALLOUT; |
2672 | *code++ = 255; |
2673 | PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern)); /* Pattern offset */ |
2674 | PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */ |
2675 | return code + 2*LINK_SIZE; |
2676 | } |
2677 | |
2678 | |
2679 | |
2680 | /************************************************* |
2681 | * Complete a callout item * |
2682 | *************************************************/ |
2683 | |
2684 | /* A callout item contains the length of the next item in the pattern, which |
2685 | we can't fill in till after we have reached the relevant point. This is used |
2686 | for both automatic and manual callouts. |
2687 | |
2688 | Arguments: |
2689 | previous_callout points to previous callout item |
2690 | ptr current pattern pointer |
2691 | cd pointers to tables etc |
2692 | |
2693 | Returns: nothing |
2694 | */ |
2695 | |
2696 | static void |
2697 | complete_callout(uschar *previous_callout, const uschar *ptr, compile_data *cd) |
2698 | { |
2699 | int length = (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern - GET(previous_callout, 2)); |
2700 | PUT(previous_callout, 2 + LINK_SIZE, length); |
2701 | } |
2702 | |
2703 | |
2704 | |
2705 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
2706 | /************************************************* |
2707 | * Get othercase range * |
2708 | *************************************************/ |
2709 | |
2710 | /* This function is passed the start and end of a class range, in UTF-8 mode |
2711 | with UCP support. It searches up the characters, looking for internal ranges of |
2712 | characters in the "other" case. Each call returns the next one, updating the |
2713 | start address. |
2714 | |
2715 | Arguments: |
2716 | cptr points to starting character value; updated |
2717 | d end value |
2718 | ocptr where to put start of othercase range |
2719 | odptr where to put end of othercase range |
2720 | |
2721 | Yield: TRUE when range returned; FALSE when no more |
2722 | */ |
2723 | |
2724 | static BOOL |
2725 | get_othercase_range(unsigned int *cptr, unsigned int d, unsigned int *ocptr, |
2726 | unsigned int *odptr) |
2727 | { |
2728 | unsigned int c, othercase, next; |
2729 | |
2730 | for (c = *cptr; c <= d; c++) |
2731 | { if ((othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c) break; } |
2732 | |
2733 | if (c > d) return FALSE; |
2734 | |
2735 | *ocptr = othercase; |
2736 | next = othercase + 1; |
2737 | |
2738 | for (++c; c <= d; c++) |
2739 | { |
2740 | if (UCD_OTHERCASE(c) != next) break; |
2741 | next++; |
2742 | } |
2743 | |
2744 | *odptr = next - 1; |
2745 | *cptr = c; |
2746 | |
2747 | return TRUE; |
2748 | } |
2749 | |
2750 | |
2751 | |
2752 | /************************************************* |
2753 | * Check a character and a property * |
2754 | *************************************************/ |
2755 | |
2756 | /* This function is called by check_auto_possessive() when a property item |
2757 | is adjacent to a fixed character. |
2758 | |
2759 | Arguments: |
2760 | c the character |
2761 | ptype the property type |
2762 | pdata the data for the type |
2763 | negated TRUE if it's a negated property (\P or \p{^) |
2764 | |
2765 | Returns: TRUE if auto-possessifying is OK |
2766 | */ |
2767 | |
2768 | static BOOL |
2769 | check_char_prop(int c, int ptype, int pdata, BOOL negated) |
2770 | { |
2771 | const ucd_record *prop = GET_UCD(c); |
2772 | switch(ptype) |
2773 | { |
2774 | case PT_LAMP: |
2775 | return (prop->chartype == ucp_Lu || |
2776 | prop->chartype == ucp_Ll || |
2777 | prop->chartype == ucp_Lt) == negated; |
2778 | |
2779 | case PT_GC: |
2780 | return (pdata == _pcre_ucp_gentype[prop->chartype]) == negated; |
2781 | |
2782 | case PT_PC: |
2783 | return (pdata == prop->chartype) == negated; |
2784 | |
2785 | case PT_SC: |
2786 | return (pdata == prop->script) == negated; |
2787 | |
2788 | /* These are specials */ |
2789 | |
2790 | case PT_ALNUM: |
2791 | return (_pcre_ucp_gentype[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || |
2792 | _pcre_ucp_gentype[prop->chartype] == ucp_N) == negated; |
2793 | |
2794 | case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */ |
2795 | return (_pcre_ucp_gentype[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z || |
2796 | c == CHAR_HT || c == CHAR_NL || c == CHAR_FF || c == CHAR_CR) |
2797 | == negated; |
2798 | |
2799 | case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */ |
2800 | return (_pcre_ucp_gentype[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z || |
2801 | c == CHAR_HT || c == CHAR_NL || c == CHAR_VT || |
2802 | c == CHAR_FF || c == CHAR_CR) |
2803 | == negated; |
2804 | |
2805 | case PT_WORD: |
2806 | return (_pcre_ucp_gentype[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || |
2807 | _pcre_ucp_gentype[prop->chartype] == ucp_N || |
2808 | c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) == negated; |
2809 | } |
2810 | return FALSE; |
2811 | } |
2812 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
2813 | |
2814 | |
2815 | |
2816 | /************************************************* |
2817 | * Check if auto-possessifying is possible * |
2818 | *************************************************/ |
2819 | |
2820 | /* This function is called for unlimited repeats of certain items, to see |
2821 | whether the next thing could possibly match the repeated item. If not, it makes |
2822 | sense to automatically possessify the repeated item. |
2823 | |
2824 | Arguments: |
2825 | previous pointer to the repeated opcode |
2826 | utf8 TRUE in UTF-8 mode |
2827 | ptr next character in pattern |
2828 | options options bits |
2829 | cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
2830 | |
2831 | Returns: TRUE if possessifying is wanted |
2832 | */ |
2833 | |
2834 | static BOOL |
2835 | check_auto_possessive(const uschar *previous, BOOL utf8, const uschar *ptr, |
2836 | int options, compile_data *cd) |
2837 | { |
2838 | int c, next; |
2839 | int op_code = *previous++; |
2840 | |
2841 | /* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */ |
2842 | |
2843 | if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) |
2844 | { |
2845 | for (;;) |
2846 | { |
2847 | while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++; |
2848 | if (*ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) |
2849 | { |
2850 | ptr++; |
2851 | while (*ptr != 0) |
2852 | { |
2853 | if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; } |
2854 | ptr++; |
2855 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
2856 | if (utf8) while ((*ptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) ptr++; |
2857 | #endif |
2858 | } |
2859 | } |
2860 | else break; |
2861 | } |
2862 | } |
2863 | |
2864 | /* If the next item is one that we can handle, get its value. A non-negative |
2865 | value is a character, a negative value is an escape value. */ |
2866 | |
2867 | if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
2868 | { |
2869 | int temperrorcode = 0; |
2870 | next = check_escape(&ptr, &temperrorcode, cd->bracount, options, FALSE); |
2871 | if (temperrorcode != 0) return FALSE; |
2872 | ptr++; /* Point after the escape sequence */ |
2873 | } |
2874 | |
2875 | else if ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_meta) == 0) |
2876 | { |
2877 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
2878 | if (utf8) { GETCHARINC(next, ptr); } else |
2879 | #endif |
2880 | next = *ptr++; |
2881 | } |
2882 | |
2883 | else return FALSE; |
2884 | |
2885 | /* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */ |
2886 | |
2887 | if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) |
2888 | { |
2889 | for (;;) |
2890 | { |
2891 | while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++; |
2892 | if (*ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) |
2893 | { |
2894 | ptr++; |
2895 | while (*ptr != 0) |
2896 | { |
2897 | if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; } |
2898 | ptr++; |
2899 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
2900 | if (utf8) while ((*ptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) ptr++; |
2901 | #endif |
2902 | } |
2903 | } |
2904 | else break; |
2905 | } |
2906 | } |
2907 | |
2908 | /* If the next thing is itself optional, we have to give up. */ |
2909 | |
2910 | if (*ptr == CHAR_ASTERISK || *ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK || |
2911 | strncmp((char *)ptr, STR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET STR_0 STR_COMMA, 3) == 0) |
2912 | return FALSE; |
2913 | |
2914 | /* Now compare the next item with the previous opcode. First, handle cases when |
2915 | the next item is a character. */ |
2916 | |
2917 | if (next >= 0) switch(op_code) |
2918 | { |
2919 | case OP_CHAR: |
2920 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
2921 | GETCHARTEST(c, previous); |
2922 | #else |
2923 | c = *previous; |
2924 | #endif |
2925 | return c != next; |
2926 | |
2927 | /* For CHARI (caseless character) we must check the other case. If we have |
2928 | Unicode property support, we can use it to test the other case of |
2929 | high-valued characters. */ |
2930 | |
2931 | case OP_CHARI: |
2932 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
2933 | GETCHARTEST(c, previous); |
2934 | #else |
2935 | c = *previous; |
2936 | #endif |
2937 | if (c == next) return FALSE; |
2938 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
2939 | if (utf8) |
2940 | { |
2941 | unsigned int othercase; |
2942 | if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else |
2943 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
2944 | othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE((unsigned int)next); |
2945 | #else |
2946 | othercase = NOTACHAR; |
2947 | #endif |
2948 | return (unsigned int)c != othercase; |
2949 | } |
2950 | else |
2951 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */ |
2952 | return (c != cd->fcc[next]); /* Non-UTF-8 mode */ |
2953 | |
2954 | /* For OP_NOT and OP_NOTI, the data is always a single-byte character. These |
2955 | opcodes are not used for multi-byte characters, because they are coded using |
2956 | an XCLASS instead. */ |
2957 | |
2958 | case OP_NOT: |
2959 | return (c = *previous) == next; |
2960 | |
2961 | case OP_NOTI: |
2962 | if ((c = *previous) == next) return TRUE; |
2963 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
2964 | if (utf8) |
2965 | { |
2966 | unsigned int othercase; |
2967 | if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else |
2968 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
2969 | othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(next); |
2970 | #else |
2971 | othercase = NOTACHAR; |
2972 | #endif |
2973 | return (unsigned int)c == othercase; |
2974 | } |
2975 | else |
2976 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */ |
2977 | return (c == cd->fcc[next]); /* Non-UTF-8 mode */ |
2978 | |
2979 | /* Note that OP_DIGIT etc. are generated only when PCRE_UCP is *not* set. |
2980 | When it is set, \d etc. are converted into OP_(NOT_)PROP codes. */ |
2981 | |
2982 | case OP_DIGIT: |
2983 | return next > 127 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) == 0; |
2984 | |
2985 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
2986 | return next <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) != 0; |
2987 | |
2988 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
2989 | return next > 127 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) == 0; |
2990 | |
2991 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
2992 | return next <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) != 0; |
2993 | |
2994 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
2995 | return next > 127 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) == 0; |
2996 | |
2997 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
2998 | return next <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) != 0; |
2999 | |
3000 | case OP_HSPACE: |
3001 | case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
3002 | switch(next) |
3003 | { |
3004 | case 0x09: |
3005 | case 0x20: |
3006 | case 0xa0: |
3007 | case 0x1680: |
3008 | case 0x180e: |
3009 | case 0x2000: |
3010 | case 0x2001: |
3011 | case 0x2002: |
3012 | case 0x2003: |
3013 | case 0x2004: |
3014 | case 0x2005: |
3015 | case 0x2006: |
3016 | case 0x2007: |
3017 | case 0x2008: |
3018 | case 0x2009: |
3019 | case 0x200A: |
3020 | case 0x202f: |
3021 | case 0x205f: |
3022 | case 0x3000: |
3023 | return op_code == OP_NOT_HSPACE; |
3024 | default: |
3025 | return op_code != OP_NOT_HSPACE; |
3026 | } |
3027 | |
3028 | case OP_ANYNL: |
3029 | case OP_VSPACE: |
3030 | case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
3031 | switch(next) |
3032 | { |
3033 | case 0x0a: |
3034 | case 0x0b: |
3035 | case 0x0c: |
3036 | case 0x0d: |
3037 | case 0x85: |
3038 | case 0x2028: |
3039 | case 0x2029: |
3040 | return op_code == OP_NOT_VSPACE; |
3041 | default: |
3042 | return op_code != OP_NOT_VSPACE; |
3043 | } |
3044 | |
3045 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
3046 | case OP_PROP: |
3047 | return check_char_prop(next, previous[0], previous[1], FALSE); |
3048 | |
3049 | case OP_NOTPROP: |
3050 | return check_char_prop(next, previous[0], previous[1], TRUE); |
3051 | #endif |
3052 | |
3053 | default: |
3054 | return FALSE; |
3055 | } |
3056 | |
3057 | |
3058 | /* Handle the case when the next item is \d, \s, etc. Note that when PCRE_UCP |
3059 | is set, \d turns into ESC_du rather than ESC_d, etc., so ESC_d etc. are |
3060 | generated only when PCRE_UCP is *not* set, that is, when only ASCII |
3061 | characteristics are recognized. Similarly, the opcodes OP_DIGIT etc. are |
3062 | replaced by OP_PROP codes when PCRE_UCP is set. */ |
3063 | |
3064 | switch(op_code) |
3065 | { |
3066 | case OP_CHAR: |
3067 | case OP_CHARI: |
3068 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
3069 | GETCHARTEST(c, previous); |
3070 | #else |
3071 | c = *previous; |
3072 | #endif |
3073 | switch(-next) |
3074 | { |
3075 | case ESC_d: |
3076 | return c > 127 || (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0; |
3077 | |
3078 | case ESC_D: |
3079 | return c <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0; |
3080 | |
3081 | case ESC_s: |
3082 | return c > 127 || (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0; |
3083 | |
3084 | case ESC_S: |
3085 | return c <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0; |
3086 | |
3087 | case ESC_w: |
3088 | return c > 127 || (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0; |
3089 | |
3090 | case ESC_W: |
3091 | return c <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0; |
3092 | |
3093 | case ESC_h: |
3094 | case ESC_H: |
3095 | switch(c) |
3096 | { |
3097 | case 0x09: |
3098 | case 0x20: |
3099 | case 0xa0: |
3100 | case 0x1680: |
3101 | case 0x180e: |
3102 | case 0x2000: |
3103 | case 0x2001: |
3104 | case 0x2002: |
3105 | case 0x2003: |
3106 | case 0x2004: |
3107 | case 0x2005: |
3108 | case 0x2006: |
3109 | case 0x2007: |
3110 | case 0x2008: |
3111 | case 0x2009: |
3112 | case 0x200A: |
3113 | case 0x202f: |
3114 | case 0x205f: |
3115 | case 0x3000: |
3116 | return -next != ESC_h; |
3117 | default: |
3118 | return -next == ESC_h; |
3119 | } |
3120 | |
3121 | case ESC_v: |
3122 | case ESC_V: |
3123 | switch(c) |
3124 | { |
3125 | case 0x0a: |
3126 | case 0x0b: |
3127 | case 0x0c: |
3128 | case 0x0d: |
3129 | case 0x85: |
3130 | case 0x2028: |
3131 | case 0x2029: |
3132 | return -next != ESC_v; |
3133 | default: |
3134 | return -next == ESC_v; |
3135 | } |
3136 | |
3137 | /* When PCRE_UCP is set, these values get generated for \d etc. Find |
3138 | their substitutions and process them. The result will always be either |
3139 | -ESC_p or -ESC_P. Then fall through to process those values. */ |
3140 | |
3141 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
3142 | case ESC_du: |
3143 | case ESC_DU: |
3144 | case ESC_wu: |
3145 | case ESC_WU: |
3146 | case ESC_su: |
3147 | case ESC_SU: |
3148 | { |
3149 | int temperrorcode = 0; |
3150 | ptr = substitutes[-next - ESC_DU]; |
3151 | next = check_escape(&ptr, &temperrorcode, 0, options, FALSE); |
3152 | if (temperrorcode != 0) return FALSE; |
3153 | ptr++; /* For compatibility */ |
3154 | } |
3155 | /* Fall through */ |
3156 | |
3157 | case ESC_p: |
3158 | case ESC_P: |
3159 | { |
3160 | int ptype, pdata, errorcodeptr; |
3161 | BOOL negated; |
3162 | |
3163 | ptr--; /* Make ptr point at the p or P */ |
3164 | ptype = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &pdata, &errorcodeptr); |
3165 | if (ptype < 0) return FALSE; |
3166 | ptr++; /* Point past the final curly ket */ |
3167 | |
3168 | /* If the property item is optional, we have to give up. (When generated |
3169 | from \d etc by PCRE_UCP, this test will have been applied much earlier, |
3170 | to the original \d etc. At this point, ptr will point to a zero byte. */ |
3171 | |
3172 | if (*ptr == CHAR_ASTERISK || *ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK || |
3173 | strncmp((char *)ptr, STR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET STR_0 STR_COMMA, 3) == 0) |
3174 | return FALSE; |
3175 | |
3176 | /* Do the property check. */ |
3177 | |
3178 | return check_char_prop(c, ptype, pdata, (next == -ESC_P) != negated); |
3179 | } |
3180 | #endif |
3181 | |
3182 | default: |
3183 | return FALSE; |
3184 | } |
3185 | |
3186 | /* In principle, support for Unicode properties should be integrated here as |
3187 | well. It means re-organizing the above code so as to get hold of the property |
3188 | values before switching on the op-code. However, I wonder how many patterns |
3189 | combine ASCII \d etc with Unicode properties? (Note that if PCRE_UCP is set, |
3190 | these op-codes are never generated.) */ |
3191 | |
3192 | case OP_DIGIT: |
3193 | return next == -ESC_D || next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_W || |
3194 | next == -ESC_h || next == -ESC_v || next == -ESC_R; |
3195 | |
3196 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
3197 | return next == -ESC_d; |
3198 | |
3199 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
3200 | return next == -ESC_S || next == -ESC_d || next == -ESC_w || next == -ESC_R; |
3201 | |
3202 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
3203 | return next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_h || next == -ESC_v; |
3204 | |
3205 | case OP_HSPACE: |
3206 | return next == -ESC_S || next == -ESC_H || next == -ESC_d || |
3207 | next == -ESC_w || next == -ESC_v || next == -ESC_R; |
3208 | |
3209 | case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
3210 | return next == -ESC_h; |
3211 | |
3212 | /* Can't have \S in here because VT matches \S (Perl anomaly) */ |
3213 | case OP_ANYNL: |
3214 | case OP_VSPACE: |
3215 | return next == -ESC_V || next == -ESC_d || next == -ESC_w; |
3216 | |
3217 | case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
3218 | return next == -ESC_v || next == -ESC_R; |
3219 | |
3220 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
3221 | return next == -ESC_W || next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_h || |
3222 | next == -ESC_v || next == -ESC_R; |
3223 | |
3224 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
3225 | return next == -ESC_w || next == -ESC_d; |
3226 | |
3227 | default: |
3228 | return FALSE; |
3229 | } |
3230 | |
3231 | /* Control does not reach here */ |
3232 | } |
3233 | |
3234 | |
3235 | |
3236 | /************************************************* |
3237 | * Compile one branch * |
3238 | *************************************************/ |
3239 | |
3240 | /* Scan the pattern, compiling it into the a vector. If the options are |
3241 | changed during the branch, the pointer is used to change the external options |
3242 | bits. This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying |
3243 | to find out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile |
3244 | phase. The value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases. |
3245 | |
3246 | Arguments: |
3247 | optionsptr pointer to the option bits |
3248 | codeptr points to the pointer to the current code point |
3249 | ptrptr points to the current pattern pointer |
3250 | errorcodeptr points to error code variable |
3251 | firstbyteptr set to initial literal character, or < 0 (REQ_UNSET, REQ_NONE) |
3252 | reqbyteptr set to the last literal character required, else < 0 |
3253 | bcptr points to current branch chain |
3254 | cond_depth conditional nesting depth |
3255 | cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
3256 | lengthptr NULL during the real compile phase |
3257 | points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase |
3258 | |
3259 | Returns: TRUE on success |
3260 | FALSE, with *errorcodeptr set non-zero on error |
3261 | */ |
3262 | |
3263 | static BOOL |
3264 | compile_branch(int *optionsptr, uschar **codeptr, const uschar **ptrptr, |
3265 | int *errorcodeptr, int *firstbyteptr, int *reqbyteptr, branch_chain *bcptr, |
3266 | int cond_depth, compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr) |
3267 | { |
3268 | int repeat_type, op_type; |
3269 | int repeat_min = 0, repeat_max = 0; /* To please picky compilers */ |
3270 | int bravalue = 0; |
3271 | int greedy_default, greedy_non_default; |
3272 | int firstbyte, reqbyte; |
3273 | int zeroreqbyte, zerofirstbyte; |
3274 | int req_caseopt, reqvary, tempreqvary; |
3275 | int options = *optionsptr; /* May change dynamically */ |
3276 | int after_manual_callout = 0; |
3277 | int length_prevgroup = 0; |
3278 | register int c; |
3279 | register uschar *code = *codeptr; |
3280 | uschar *last_code = code; |
3281 | uschar *orig_code = code; |
3282 | uschar *tempcode; |
3283 | BOOL inescq = FALSE; |
3284 | BOOL groupsetfirstbyte = FALSE; |
3285 | const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr; |
3286 | const uschar *tempptr; |
3287 | const uschar *nestptr = NULL; |
3288 | uschar *previous = NULL; |
3289 | uschar *previous_callout = NULL; |
3290 | uschar *save_hwm = NULL; |
3291 | uschar classbits[32]; |
3292 | |
3293 | /* We can fish out the UTF-8 setting once and for all into a BOOL, but we |
3294 | must not do this for other options (e.g. PCRE_EXTENDED) because they may change |
3295 | dynamically as we process the pattern. */ |
3296 | |
3297 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
3298 | BOOL class_utf8; |
3299 | BOOL utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; |
3300 | uschar *class_utf8data; |
3301 | uschar *class_utf8data_base; |
3302 | uschar utf8_char[6]; |
3303 | #else |
3304 | BOOL utf8 = FALSE; |
3305 | #endif |
3306 | |
3307 | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
3308 | if (lengthptr != NULL) DPRINTF((">> start branch\n")); |
3309 | #endif |
3310 | |
3311 | /* Set up the default and non-default settings for greediness */ |
3312 | |
3313 | greedy_default = ((options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0); |
3314 | greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1; |
3315 | |
3316 | /* Initialize no first byte, no required byte. REQ_UNSET means "no char |
3317 | matching encountered yet". It gets changed to REQ_NONE if we hit something that |
3318 | matches a non-fixed char first char; reqbyte just remains unset if we never |
3319 | find one. |
3320 | |
3321 | When we hit a repeat whose minimum is zero, we may have to adjust these values |
3322 | to take the zero repeat into account. This is implemented by setting them to |
3323 | zerofirstbyte and zeroreqbyte when such a repeat is encountered. The individual |
3324 | item types that can be repeated set these backoff variables appropriately. */ |
3325 | |
3326 | firstbyte = reqbyte = zerofirstbyte = zeroreqbyte = REQ_UNSET; |
3327 | |
3328 | /* The variable req_caseopt contains either the REQ_CASELESS value or zero, |
3329 | according to the current setting of the caseless flag. REQ_CASELESS is a bit |
3330 | value > 255. It is added into the firstbyte or reqbyte variables to record the |
3331 | case status of the value. This is used only for ASCII characters. */ |
3332 | |
3333 | req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS : 0; |
3334 | |
3335 | /* Switch on next character until the end of the branch */ |
3336 | |
3337 | for (;; ptr++) |
3338 | { |
3339 | BOOL negate_class; |
3340 | BOOL should_flip_negation; |
3341 | BOOL possessive_quantifier; |
3342 | BOOL is_quantifier; |
3343 | BOOL is_recurse; |
3344 | BOOL reset_bracount; |
3345 | int class_charcount; |
3346 | int class_lastchar; |
3347 | int newoptions; |
3348 | int recno; |
3349 | int refsign; |
3350 | int skipbytes; |
3351 | int subreqbyte; |
3352 | int subfirstbyte; |
3353 | int terminator; |
3354 | int mclength; |
3355 | int tempbracount; |
3356 | uschar mcbuffer[8]; |
3357 | |
3358 | /* Get next byte in the pattern */ |
3359 | |
3360 | c = *ptr; |
3361 | |
3362 | /* If we are at the end of a nested substitution, revert to the outer level |
3363 | string. Nesting only happens one level deep. */ |
3364 | |
3365 | if (c == 0 && nestptr != NULL) |
3366 | { |
3367 | ptr = nestptr; |
3368 | nestptr = NULL; |
3369 | c = *ptr; |
3370 | } |
3371 | |
3372 | /* If we are in the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length used for the |
3373 | previous cycle of this loop. */ |
3374 | |
3375 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
3376 | { |
3377 | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
3378 | if (code > cd->hwm) cd->hwm = code; /* High water info */ |
3379 | #endif |
3380 | if (code > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
3381 | WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) /* Check for overrun */ |
3382 | { |
3383 | *errorcodeptr = ERR52; |
3384 | goto FAILED; |
3385 | } |
3386 | |
3387 | /* There is at least one situation where code goes backwards: this is the |
3388 | case of a zero quantifier after a class (e.g. [ab]{0}). At compile time, |
3389 | the class is simply eliminated. However, it is created first, so we have to |
3390 | allow memory for it. Therefore, don't ever reduce the length at this point. |
3391 | */ |
3392 | |
3393 | if (code < last_code) code = last_code; |
3394 | |
3395 | /* Paranoid check for integer overflow */ |
3396 | |
3397 | if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code) |
3398 | { |
3399 | *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
3400 | goto FAILED; |
3401 | } |
3402 | |
3403 | *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code); |
3404 | DPRINTF(("length=%d added %d c=%c\n", *lengthptr, (int)(code - last_code), |
3405 | c)); |
3406 | |
3407 | /* If "previous" is set and it is not at the start of the work space, move |
3408 | it back to there, in order to avoid filling up the work space. Otherwise, |
3409 | if "previous" is NULL, reset the current code pointer to the start. */ |
3410 | |
3411 | if (previous != NULL) |
3412 | { |
3413 | if (previous > orig_code) |
3414 | { |
3415 | memmove(orig_code, previous, code - previous); |
3416 | code -= previous - orig_code; |
3417 | previous = orig_code; |
3418 | } |
3419 | } |
3420 | else code = orig_code; |
3421 | |
3422 | /* Remember where this code item starts so we can pick up the length |
3423 | next time round. */ |
3424 | |
3425 | last_code = code; |
3426 | } |
3427 | |
3428 | /* In the real compile phase, just check the workspace used by the forward |
3429 | reference list. */ |
3430 | |
3431 | else if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
3432 | WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) |
3433 | { |
3434 | *errorcodeptr = ERR52; |
3435 | goto FAILED; |
3436 | } |
3437 | |
3438 | /* If in \Q...\E, check for the end; if not, we have a literal */ |
3439 | |
3440 | if (inescq && c != 0) |
3441 | { |
3442 | if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) |
3443 | { |
3444 | inescq = FALSE; |
3445 | ptr++; |
3446 | continue; |
3447 | } |
3448 | else |
3449 | { |
3450 | if (previous_callout != NULL) |
3451 | { |
3452 | if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */ |
3453 | complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd); |
3454 | previous_callout = NULL; |
3455 | } |
3456 | if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0) |
3457 | { |
3458 | previous_callout = code; |
3459 | code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd); |
3460 | } |
3461 | goto NORMAL_CHAR; |
3462 | } |
3463 | } |
3464 | |
3465 | /* Fill in length of a previous callout, except when the next thing is |
3466 | a quantifier. */ |
3467 | |
3468 | is_quantifier = |
3469 | c == CHAR_ASTERISK || c == CHAR_PLUS || c == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK || |
3470 | (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && is_counted_repeat(ptr+1)); |
3471 | |
3472 | if (!is_quantifier && previous_callout != NULL && |
3473 | after_manual_callout-- <= 0) |
3474 | { |
3475 | if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */ |
3476 | complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd); |
3477 | previous_callout = NULL; |
3478 | } |
3479 | |
3480 | /* In extended mode, skip white space and comments. */ |
3481 | |
3482 | if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) |
3483 | { |
3484 | if ((cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) continue; |
3485 | if (c == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) |
3486 | { |
3487 | ptr++; |
3488 | while (*ptr != 0) |
3489 | { |
3490 | if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen - 1; break; } |
3491 | ptr++; |
3492 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
3493 | if (utf8) while ((*ptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) ptr++; |
3494 | #endif |
3495 | } |
3496 | if (*ptr != 0) continue; |
3497 | |
3498 | /* Else fall through to handle end of string */ |
3499 | c = 0; |
3500 | } |
3501 | } |
3502 | |
3503 | /* No auto callout for quantifiers. */ |
3504 | |
3505 | if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 && !is_quantifier) |
3506 | { |
3507 | previous_callout = code; |
3508 | code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd); |
3509 | } |
3510 | |
3511 | switch(c) |
3512 | { |
3513 | /* ===================================================================*/ |
3514 | case 0: /* The branch terminates at string end */ |
3515 | case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE: /* or | or ) */ |
3516 | case CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS: |
3517 | *firstbyteptr = firstbyte; |
3518 | *reqbyteptr = reqbyte; |
3519 | *codeptr = code; |
3520 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
3521 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
3522 | { |
3523 | if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code) |
3524 | { |
3525 | *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
3526 | goto FAILED; |
3527 | } |
3528 | *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code); /* To include callout length */ |
3529 | DPRINTF((">> end branch\n")); |
3530 | } |
3531 | return TRUE; |
3532 | |
3533 | |
3534 | /* ===================================================================*/ |
3535 | /* Handle single-character metacharacters. In multiline mode, ^ disables |
3536 | the setting of any following char as a first character. */ |
3537 | |
3538 | case CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT: |
3539 | previous = NULL; |
3540 | if ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0) |
3541 | { |
3542 | if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE; |
3543 | *code++ = OP_CIRCM; |
3544 | } |
3545 | else *code++ = OP_CIRC; |
3546 | break; |
3547 | |
3548 | case CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN: |
3549 | previous = NULL; |
3550 | *code++ = ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)? OP_DOLLM : OP_DOLL; |
3551 | break; |
3552 | |
3553 | /* There can never be a first char if '.' is first, whatever happens about |
3554 | repeats. The value of reqbyte doesn't change either. */ |
3555 | |
3556 | case CHAR_DOT: |
3557 | if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE; |
3558 | zerofirstbyte = firstbyte; |
3559 | zeroreqbyte = reqbyte; |
3560 | previous = code; |
3561 | *code++ = ((options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)? OP_ALLANY: OP_ANY; |
3562 | break; |
3563 | |
3564 | |
3565 | /* ===================================================================*/ |
3566 | /* Character classes. If the included characters are all < 256, we build a |
3567 | 32-byte bitmap of the permitted characters, except in the special case |
3568 | where there is only one such character. For negated classes, we build the |
3569 | map as usual, then invert it at the end. However, we use a different opcode |
3570 | so that data characters > 255 can be handled correctly. |
3571 | |
3572 | If the class contains characters outside the 0-255 range, a different |
3573 | opcode is compiled. It may optionally have a bit map for characters < 256, |
3574 | but those above are are explicitly listed afterwards. A flag byte tells |
3575 | whether the bitmap is present, and whether this is a negated class or not. |
3576 | |
3577 | In JavaScript compatibility mode, an isolated ']' causes an error. In |
3578 | default (Perl) mode, it is treated as a data character. */ |
3579 | |
3580 | case CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET: |
3581 | if ((cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) |
3582 | { |
3583 | *errorcodeptr = ERR64; |
3584 | goto FAILED; |
3585 | } |
3586 | goto NORMAL_CHAR; |
3587 | |
3588 | case CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET: |
3589 | previous = code; |
3590 | |
3591 | /* PCRE supports POSIX class stuff inside a class. Perl gives an error if |
3592 | they are encountered at the top level, so we'll do that too. */ |
3593 | |
3594 | if ((ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || |
3595 | ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && |
3596 | check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr)) |
3597 | { |
3598 | *errorcodeptr = (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON)? ERR13 : ERR31; |
3599 | goto FAILED; |
3600 | } |
3601 | |
3602 | /* If the first character is '^', set the negation flag and skip it. Also, |
3603 | if the first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we |
3604 | skip them too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. */ |
3605 | |
3606 | negate_class = FALSE; |
3607 | for (;;) |
3608 | { |
3609 | c = *(++ptr); |
3610 | if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
3611 | { |
3612 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_E) |
3613 | ptr++; |
3614 | else if (strncmp((const char *)ptr+1, |
3615 | STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0) |
3616 | ptr += 3; |
3617 | else |
3618 | break; |
3619 | } |
3620 | else if (!negate_class && c == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) |
3621 | negate_class = TRUE; |
3622 | else break; |
3623 | } |
3624 | |
3625 | /* Empty classes are allowed in JavaScript compatibility mode. Otherwise, |
3626 | an initial ']' is taken as a data character -- the code below handles |
3627 | that. In JS mode, [] must always fail, so generate OP_FAIL, whereas |
3628 | [^] must match any character, so generate OP_ALLANY. */ |
3629 | |
3630 | if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET && |
3631 | (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) |
3632 | { |
3633 | *code++ = negate_class? OP_ALLANY : OP_FAIL; |
3634 | if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE; |
3635 | zerofirstbyte = firstbyte; |
3636 | break; |
3637 | } |
3638 | |
3639 | /* If a class contains a negative special such as \S, we need to flip the |
3640 | negation flag at the end, so that support for characters > 255 works |
3641 | correctly (they are all included in the class). */ |
3642 | |
3643 | should_flip_negation = FALSE; |
3644 | |
3645 | /* Keep a count of chars with values < 256 so that we can optimize the case |
3646 | of just a single character (as long as it's < 256). However, For higher |
3647 | valued UTF-8 characters, we don't yet do any optimization. */ |
3648 | |
3649 | class_charcount = 0; |
3650 | class_lastchar = -1; |
3651 | |
3652 | /* Initialize the 32-char bit map to all zeros. We build the map in a |
3653 | temporary bit of memory, in case the class contains only 1 character (less |
3654 | than 256), because in that case the compiled code doesn't use the bit map. |
3655 | */ |
3656 | |
3657 | memset(classbits, 0, 32 * sizeof(uschar)); |
3658 | |
3659 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
3660 | class_utf8 = FALSE; /* No chars >= 256 */ |
3661 | class_utf8data = code + LINK_SIZE + 2; /* For UTF-8 items */ |
3662 | class_utf8data_base = class_utf8data; /* For resetting in pass 1 */ |
3663 | #endif |
3664 | |
3665 | /* Process characters until ] is reached. By writing this as a "do" it |
3666 | means that an initial ] is taken as a data character. At the start of the |
3667 | loop, c contains the first byte of the character. */ |
3668 | |
3669 | if (c != 0) do |
3670 | { |
3671 | const uschar *oldptr; |
3672 | |
3673 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
3674 | if (utf8 && c > 127) |
3675 | { /* Braces are required because the */ |
3676 | GETCHARLEN(c, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */ |
3677 | } |
3678 | |
3679 | /* In the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length of any UTF-8 extra |
3680 | data and reset the pointer. This is so that very large classes that |
3681 | contain a zillion UTF-8 characters no longer overwrite the work space |
3682 | (which is on the stack). */ |
3683 | |
3684 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
3685 | { |
3686 | *lengthptr += class_utf8data - class_utf8data_base; |
3687 | class_utf8data = class_utf8data_base; |
3688 | } |
3689 | |
3690 | #endif |
3691 | |
3692 | /* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */ |
3693 | |
3694 | if (inescq) |
3695 | { |
3696 | if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) /* If we are at \E */ |
3697 | { |
3698 | inescq = FALSE; /* Reset literal state */ |
3699 | ptr++; /* Skip the 'E' */ |
3700 | continue; /* Carry on with next */ |
3701 | } |
3702 | goto CHECK_RANGE; /* Could be range if \E follows */ |
3703 | } |
3704 | |
3705 | /* Handle POSIX class names. Perl allows a negation extension of the |
3706 | form [:^name:]. A square bracket that doesn't match the syntax is |
3707 | treated as a literal. We also recognize the POSIX constructions |
3708 | [.ch.] and [=ch=] ("collating elements") and fault them, as Perl |
3709 | 5.6 and 5.8 do. */ |
3710 | |
3711 | if (c == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET && |
3712 | (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || |
3713 | ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr)) |
3714 | { |
3715 | BOOL local_negate = FALSE; |
3716 | int posix_class, taboffset, tabopt; |
3717 | register const uschar *cbits = cd->cbits; |
3718 | uschar pbits[32]; |
3719 | |
3720 | if (ptr[1] != CHAR_COLON) |
3721 | { |
3722 | *errorcodeptr = ERR31; |
3723 | goto FAILED; |
3724 | } |
3725 | |
3726 | ptr += 2; |
3727 | if (*ptr == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) |
3728 | { |
3729 | local_negate = TRUE; |
3730 | should_flip_negation = TRUE; /* Note negative special */ |
3731 | ptr++; |
3732 | } |
3733 | |
3734 | posix_class = check_posix_name(ptr, (int)(tempptr - ptr)); |
3735 | if (posix_class < 0) |
3736 | { |
3737 | *errorcodeptr = ERR30; |
3738 | goto FAILED; |
3739 | } |
3740 | |
3741 | /* If matching is caseless, upper and lower are converted to |
3742 | alpha. This relies on the fact that the class table starts with |
3743 | alpha, lower, upper as the first 3 entries. */ |
3744 | |
3745 | if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && posix_class <= 2) |
3746 | posix_class = 0; |
3747 | |
3748 | /* When PCRE_UCP is set, some of the POSIX classes are converted to |
3749 | different escape sequences that use Unicode properties. */ |
3750 | |
3751 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
3752 | if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0) |
3753 | { |
3754 | int pc = posix_class + ((local_negate)? POSIX_SUBSIZE/2 : 0); |
3755 | if (posix_substitutes[pc] != NULL) |
3756 | { |
3757 | nestptr = tempptr + 1; |
3758 | ptr = posix_substitutes[pc] - 1; |
3759 | continue; |
3760 | } |
3761 | } |
3762 | #endif |
3763 | /* In the non-UCP case, we build the bit map for the POSIX class in a |
3764 | chunk of local store because we may be adding and subtracting from it, |
3765 | and we don't want to subtract bits that may be in the main map already. |
3766 | At the end we or the result into the bit map that is being built. */ |
3767 | |
3768 | posix_class *= 3; |
3769 | |
3770 | /* Copy in the first table (always present) */ |
3771 | |
3772 | memcpy(pbits, cbits + posix_class_maps[posix_class], |
3773 | 32 * sizeof(uschar)); |
3774 | |
3775 | /* If there is a second table, add or remove it as required. */ |
3776 | |
3777 | taboffset = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 1]; |
3778 | tabopt = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 2]; |
3779 | |
3780 | if (taboffset >= 0) |
3781 | { |
3782 | if (tabopt >= 0) |
3783 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] |= cbits[c + taboffset]; |
3784 | else |
3785 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] &= ~cbits[c + taboffset]; |
3786 | } |
3787 | |
3788 | /* Not see if we need to remove any special characters. An option |
3789 | value of 1 removes vertical space and 2 removes underscore. */ |
3790 | |
3791 | if (tabopt < 0) tabopt = -tabopt; |
3792 | if (tabopt == 1) pbits[1] &= ~0x3c; |
3793 | else if (tabopt == 2) pbits[11] &= 0x7f; |
3794 | |
3795 | /* Add the POSIX table or its complement into the main table that is |
3796 | being built and we are done. */ |
3797 | |
3798 | if (local_negate) |
3799 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~pbits[c]; |
3800 | else |
3801 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= pbits[c]; |
3802 | |
3803 | ptr = tempptr + 1; |
3804 | class_charcount = 10; /* Set > 1; assumes more than 1 per class */ |
3805 | continue; /* End of POSIX syntax handling */ |
3806 | } |
3807 | |
3808 | /* Backslash may introduce a single character, or it may introduce one |
3809 | of the specials, which just set a flag. The sequence \b is a special |
3810 | case. Inside a class (and only there) it is treated as backspace. We |
3811 | assume that other escapes have more than one character in them, so set |
3812 | class_charcount bigger than one. Unrecognized escapes fall through and |
3813 | are either treated as literal characters (by default), or are faulted if |
3814 | PCRE_EXTRA is set. */ |
3815 | |
3816 | if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
3817 | { |
3818 | c = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE); |
3819 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
3820 | |
3821 | if (-c == ESC_b) c = CHAR_BS; /* \b is backspace in a class */ |
3822 | else if (-c == ESC_N) /* \N is not supported in a class */ |
3823 | { |
3824 | *errorcodeptr = ERR71; |
3825 | goto FAILED; |
3826 | } |
3827 | else if (-c == ESC_Q) /* Handle start of quoted string */ |
3828 | { |
3829 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E) |
3830 | { |
3831 | ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */ |
3832 | } |
3833 | else inescq = TRUE; |
3834 | continue; |
3835 | } |
3836 | else if (-c == ESC_E) continue; /* Ignore orphan \E */ |
3837 | |
3838 | if (c < 0) |
3839 | { |
3840 | register const uschar *cbits = cd->cbits; |
3841 | class_charcount += 2; /* Greater than 1 is what matters */ |
3842 | |
3843 | switch (-c) |
3844 | { |
3845 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
3846 | case ESC_du: /* These are the values given for \d etc */ |
3847 | case ESC_DU: /* when PCRE_UCP is set. We replace the */ |
3848 | case ESC_wu: /* escape sequence with an appropriate \p */ |
3849 | case ESC_WU: /* or \P to test Unicode properties instead */ |
3850 | case ESC_su: /* of the default ASCII testing. */ |
3851 | case ESC_SU: |
3852 | nestptr = ptr; |
3853 | ptr = substitutes[-c - ESC_DU] - 1; /* Just before substitute */ |
3854 | class_charcount -= 2; /* Undo! */ |
3855 | continue; |
3856 | #endif |
3857 | case ESC_d: |
3858 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_digit]; |
3859 | continue; |
3860 | |
3861 | case ESC_D: |
3862 | should_flip_negation = TRUE; |
3863 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_digit]; |
3864 | continue; |
3865 | |
3866 | case ESC_w: |
3867 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_word]; |
3868 | continue; |
3869 | |
3870 | case ESC_W: |
3871 | should_flip_negation = TRUE; |
3872 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_word]; |
3873 | continue; |
3874 | |
3875 | /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s, but we must preserve it |
3876 | if it was previously set by something earlier in the character |
3877 | class. */ |
3878 | |
3879 | case ESC_s: |
3880 | classbits[0] |= cbits[cbit_space]; |
3881 | classbits[1] |= cbits[cbit_space+1] & ~0x08; |
3882 | for (c = 2; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_space]; |
3883 | continue; |
3884 | |
3885 | case ESC_S: |
3886 | should_flip_negation = TRUE; |
3887 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_space]; |
3888 | classbits[1] |= 0x08; /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s */ |
3889 | continue; |
3890 | |
3891 | case ESC_h: |
3892 | SETBIT(classbits, 0x09); /* VT */ |
3893 | SETBIT(classbits, 0x20); /* SPACE */ |
3894 | SETBIT(classbits, 0xa0); /* NSBP */ |
3895 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
3896 | if (utf8) |
3897 | { |
3898 | class_utf8 = TRUE; |
3899 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
3900 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x1680, class_utf8data); |
3901 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
3902 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x180e, class_utf8data); |
3903 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE; |
3904 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2000, class_utf8data); |
3905 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x200A, class_utf8data); |
3906 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
3907 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x202f, class_utf8data); |
3908 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
3909 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x205f, class_utf8data); |
3910 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
3911 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x3000, class_utf8data); |
3912 | } |
3913 | #endif |
3914 | continue; |
3915 | |
3916 | case ESC_H: |
3917 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) |
3918 | { |
3919 | int x = 0xff; |
3920 | switch (c) |
3921 | { |
3922 | case 0x09/8: x ^= 1 << (0x09%8); break; |
3923 | case 0x20/8: x ^= 1 << (0x20%8); break; |
3924 | case 0xa0/8: x ^= 1 << (0xa0%8); break; |
3925 | default: break; |
3926 | } |
3927 | classbits[c] |= x; |
3928 | } |
3929 | |
3930 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
3931 | if (utf8) |
3932 | { |
3933 | class_utf8 = TRUE; |
3934 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE; |
3935 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x0100, class_utf8data); |
3936 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x167f, class_utf8data); |
3937 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE; |
3938 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x1681, class_utf8data); |
3939 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x180d, class_utf8data); |
3940 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE; |
3941 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x180f, class_utf8data); |
3942 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x1fff, class_utf8data); |
3943 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE; |
3944 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x200B, class_utf8data); |
3945 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x202e, class_utf8data); |
3946 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE; |
3947 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2030, class_utf8data); |
3948 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x205e, class_utf8data); |
3949 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE; |
3950 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2060, class_utf8data); |
3951 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2fff, class_utf8data); |
3952 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE; |
3953 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x3001, class_utf8data); |
3954 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x7fffffff, class_utf8data); |
3955 | } |
3956 | #endif |
3957 | continue; |
3958 | |
3959 | case ESC_v: |
3960 | SETBIT(classbits, 0x0a); /* LF */ |
3961 | SETBIT(classbits, 0x0b); /* VT */ |
3962 | SETBIT(classbits, 0x0c); /* FF */ |
3963 | SETBIT(classbits, 0x0d); /* CR */ |
3964 | SETBIT(classbits, 0x85); /* NEL */ |
3965 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
3966 | if (utf8) |
3967 | { |
3968 | class_utf8 = TRUE; |
3969 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE; |
3970 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2028, class_utf8data); |
3971 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2029, class_utf8data); |
3972 | } |
3973 | #endif |
3974 | continue; |
3975 | |
3976 | case ESC_V: |
3977 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) |
3978 | { |
3979 | int x = 0xff; |
3980 | switch (c) |
3981 | { |
3982 | case 0x0a/8: x ^= 1 << (0x0a%8); |
3983 | x ^= 1 << (0x0b%8); |
3984 | x ^= 1 << (0x0c%8); |
3985 | x ^= 1 << (0x0d%8); |
3986 | break; |
3987 | case 0x85/8: x ^= 1 << (0x85%8); break; |
3988 | default: break; |
3989 | } |
3990 | classbits[c] |= x; |
3991 | } |
3992 | |
3993 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
3994 | if (utf8) |
3995 | { |
3996 | class_utf8 = TRUE; |
3997 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE; |
3998 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x0100, class_utf8data); |
3999 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2027, class_utf8data); |
4000 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4001 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2029, class_utf8data); |
4002 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x7fffffff, class_utf8data); |
4003 | } |
4004 | #endif |
4005 | continue; |
4006 | |
4007 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
4008 | case ESC_p: |
4009 | case ESC_P: |
4010 | { |
4011 | BOOL negated; |
4012 | int pdata; |
4013 | int ptype = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &pdata, errorcodeptr); |
4014 | if (ptype < 0) goto FAILED; |
4015 | class_utf8 = TRUE; |
4016 | *class_utf8data++ = ((-c == ESC_p) != negated)? |
4017 | XCL_PROP : XCL_NOTPROP; |
4018 | *class_utf8data++ = ptype; |
4019 | *class_utf8data++ = pdata; |
4020 | class_charcount -= 2; /* Not a < 256 character */ |
4021 | continue; |
4022 | } |
4023 | #endif |
4024 | /* Unrecognized escapes are faulted if PCRE is running in its |
4025 | strict mode. By default, for compatibility with Perl, they are |
4026 | treated as literals. */ |
4027 | |
4028 | default: |
4029 | if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) |
4030 | { |
4031 | *errorcodeptr = ERR7; |
4032 | goto FAILED; |
4033 | } |
4034 | class_charcount -= 2; /* Undo the default count from above */ |
4035 | c = *ptr; /* Get the final character and fall through */ |
4036 | break; |
4037 | } |
4038 | } |
4039 | |
4040 | /* Fall through if we have a single character (c >= 0). This may be |
4041 | greater than 256 in UTF-8 mode. */ |
4042 | |
4043 | } /* End of backslash handling */ |
4044 | |
4045 | /* A single character may be followed by '-' to form a range. However, |
4046 | Perl does not permit ']' to be the end of the range. A '-' character |
4047 | at the end is treated as a literal. Perl ignores orphaned \E sequences |
4048 | entirely. The code for handling \Q and \E is messy. */ |
4049 | |
4050 | CHECK_RANGE: |
4051 | while (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E) |
4052 | { |
4053 | inescq = FALSE; |
4054 | ptr += 2; |
4055 | } |
4056 | |
4057 | oldptr = ptr; |
4058 | |
4059 | /* Remember \r or \n */ |
4060 | |
4061 | if (c == CHAR_CR || c == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF; |
4062 | |
4063 | /* Check for range */ |
4064 | |
4065 | if (!inescq && ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS) |
4066 | { |
4067 | int d; |
4068 | ptr += 2; |
4069 | while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) ptr += 2; |
4070 | |
4071 | /* If we hit \Q (not followed by \E) at this point, go into escaped |
4072 | mode. */ |
4073 | |
4074 | while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_Q) |
4075 | { |
4076 | ptr += 2; |
4077 | if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) |
4078 | { ptr += 2; continue; } |
4079 | inescq = TRUE; |
4080 | break; |
4081 | } |
4082 | |
4083 | if (*ptr == 0 || (!inescq && *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)) |
4084 | { |
4085 | ptr = oldptr; |
4086 | goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER; |
4087 | } |
4088 | |
4089 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
4090 | if (utf8) |
4091 | { /* Braces are required because the */ |
4092 | GETCHARLEN(d, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */ |
4093 | } |
4094 | else |
4095 | #endif |
4096 | d = *ptr; /* Not UTF-8 mode */ |
4097 | |
4098 | /* The second part of a range can be a single-character escape, but |
4099 | not any of the other escapes. Perl 5.6 treats a hyphen as a literal |
4100 | in such circumstances. */ |
4101 | |
4102 | if (!inescq && d == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
4103 | { |
4104 | d = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE); |
4105 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
4106 | |
4107 | /* \b is backspace; any other special means the '-' was literal */ |
4108 | |
4109 | if (d < 0) |
4110 | { |
4111 | if (d == -ESC_b) d = CHAR_BS; else |
4112 | { |
4113 | ptr = oldptr; |
4114 | goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER; /* A few lines below */ |
4115 | } |
4116 | } |
4117 | } |
4118 | |
4119 | /* Check that the two values are in the correct order. Optimize |
4120 | one-character ranges */ |
4121 | |
4122 | if (d < c) |
4123 | { |
4124 | *errorcodeptr = ERR8; |
4125 | goto FAILED; |
4126 | } |
4127 | |
4128 | if (d == c) goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER; /* A few lines below */ |
4129 | |
4130 | /* Remember \r or \n */ |
4131 | |
4132 | if (d == CHAR_CR || d == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF; |
4133 | |
4134 | /* In UTF-8 mode, if the upper limit is > 255, or > 127 for caseless |
4135 | matching, we have to use an XCLASS with extra data items. Caseless |
4136 | matching for characters > 127 is available only if UCP support is |
4137 | available. */ |
4138 | |
4139 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
4140 | if (utf8 && (d > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && d > 127))) |
4141 | { |
4142 | class_utf8 = TRUE; |
4143 | |
4144 | /* With UCP support, we can find the other case equivalents of |
4145 | the relevant characters. There may be several ranges. Optimize how |
4146 | they fit with the basic range. */ |
4147 | |
4148 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
4149 | if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) |
4150 | { |
4151 | unsigned int occ, ocd; |
4152 | unsigned int cc = c; |
4153 | unsigned int origd = d; |
4154 | while (get_othercase_range(&cc, origd, &occ, &ocd)) |
4155 | { |
4156 | if (occ >= (unsigned int)c && |
4157 | ocd <= (unsigned int)d) |
4158 | continue; /* Skip embedded ranges */ |
4159 | |
4160 | if (occ < (unsigned int)c && |
4161 | ocd >= (unsigned int)c - 1) /* Extend the basic range */ |
4162 | { /* if there is overlap, */ |
4163 | c = occ; /* noting that if occ < c */ |
4164 | continue; /* we can't have ocd > d */ |
4165 | } /* because a subrange is */ |
4166 | if (ocd > (unsigned int)d && |
4167 | occ <= (unsigned int)d + 1) /* always shorter than */ |
4168 | { /* the basic range. */ |
4169 | d = ocd; |
4170 | continue; |
4171 | } |
4172 | |
4173 | if (occ == ocd) |
4174 | { |
4175 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
4176 | } |
4177 | else |
4178 | { |
4179 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4180 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(occ, class_utf8data); |
4181 | } |
4182 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(ocd, class_utf8data); |
4183 | } |
4184 | } |
4185 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
4186 | |
4187 | /* Now record the original range, possibly modified for UCP caseless |
4188 | overlapping ranges. */ |
4189 | |
4190 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4191 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(c, class_utf8data); |
4192 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(d, class_utf8data); |
4193 | |
4194 | /* With UCP support, we are done. Without UCP support, there is no |
4195 | caseless matching for UTF-8 characters > 127; we can use the bit map |
4196 | for the smaller ones. */ |
4197 | |
4198 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
4199 | continue; /* With next character in the class */ |
4200 | #else |
4201 | if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) == 0 || c > 127) continue; |
4202 | |
4203 | /* Adjust upper limit and fall through to set up the map */ |
4204 | |
4205 | d = 127; |
4206 | |
4207 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
4208 | } |
4209 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */ |
4210 | |
4211 | /* We use the bit map for all cases when not in UTF-8 mode; else |
4212 | ranges that lie entirely within 0-127 when there is UCP support; else |
4213 | for partial ranges without UCP support. */ |
4214 | |
4215 | class_charcount += d - c + 1; |
4216 | class_lastchar = d; |
4217 | |
4218 | /* We can save a bit of time by skipping this in the pre-compile. */ |
4219 | |
4220 | if (lengthptr == NULL) for (; c <= d; c++) |
4221 | { |
4222 | classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7)); |
4223 | if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) |
4224 | { |
4225 | int uc = cd->fcc[c]; /* flip case */ |
4226 | classbits[uc/8] |= (1 << (uc&7)); |
4227 | } |
4228 | } |
4229 | |
4230 | continue; /* Go get the next char in the class */ |
4231 | } |
4232 | |
4233 | /* Handle a lone single character - we can get here for a normal |
4234 | non-escape char, or after \ that introduces a single character or for an |
4235 | apparent range that isn't. */ |
4236 | |
4237 | LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER: |
4238 | |
4239 | /* Handle a character that cannot go in the bit map */ |
4240 | |
4241 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
4242 | if (utf8 && (c > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && c > 127))) |
4243 | { |
4244 | class_utf8 = TRUE; |
4245 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
4246 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(c, class_utf8data); |
4247 | |
4248 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
4249 | if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) |
4250 | { |
4251 | unsigned int othercase; |
4252 | if ((othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c) |
4253 | { |
4254 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
4255 | class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(othercase, class_utf8data); |
4256 | } |
4257 | } |
4258 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
4259 | |
4260 | } |
4261 | else |
4262 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */ |
4263 | |
4264 | /* Handle a single-byte character */ |
4265 | { |
4266 | classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7)); |
4267 | if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) |
4268 | { |
4269 | c = cd->fcc[c]; /* flip case */ |
4270 | classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7)); |
4271 | } |
4272 | class_charcount++; |
4273 | class_lastchar = c; |
4274 | } |
4275 | } |
4276 | |
4277 | /* Loop until ']' reached. This "while" is the end of the "do" far above. |
4278 | If we are at the end of an internal nested string, revert to the outer |
4279 | string. */ |
4280 | |
4281 | while (((c = *(++ptr)) != 0 || |
4282 | (nestptr != NULL && |
4283 | (ptr = nestptr, nestptr = NULL, c = *(++ptr)) != 0)) && |
4284 | (c != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET || inescq)); |
4285 | |
4286 | /* Check for missing terminating ']' */ |
4287 | |
4288 | if (c == 0) |
4289 | { |
4290 | *errorcodeptr = ERR6; |
4291 | goto FAILED; |
4292 | } |
4293 | |
4294 | /* If class_charcount is 1, we saw precisely one character whose value is |
4295 | less than 256. As long as there were no characters >= 128 and there was no |
4296 | use of \p or \P, in other words, no use of any XCLASS features, we can |
4297 | optimize. |
4298 | |
4299 | In UTF-8 mode, we can optimize the negative case only if there were no |
4300 | characters >= 128 because OP_NOT and the related opcodes like OP_NOTSTAR |
4301 | operate on single-bytes characters only. This is an historical hangover. |
4302 | Maybe one day we can tidy these opcodes to handle multi-byte characters. |
4303 | |
4304 | The optimization throws away the bit map. We turn the item into a |
4305 | 1-character OP_CHAR[I] if it's positive, or OP_NOT[I] if it's negative. |
4306 | Note that OP_NOT[I] does not support multibyte characters. In the positive |
4307 | case, it can cause firstbyte to be set. Otherwise, there can be no first |
4308 | char if this item is first, whatever repeat count may follow. In the case |
4309 | of reqbyte, save the previous value for reinstating. */ |
4310 | |
4311 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
4312 | if (class_charcount == 1 && !class_utf8 && |
4313 | (!utf8 || !negate_class || class_lastchar < 128)) |
4314 | #else |
4315 | if (class_charcount == 1) |
4316 | #endif |
4317 | { |
4318 | zeroreqbyte = reqbyte; |
4319 | |
4320 | /* The OP_NOT[I] opcodes work on one-byte characters only. */ |
4321 | |
4322 | if (negate_class) |
4323 | { |
4324 | if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE; |
4325 | zerofirstbyte = firstbyte; |
4326 | *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_NOTI: OP_NOT; |
4327 | *code++ = class_lastchar; |
4328 | break; |
4329 | } |
4330 | |
4331 | /* For a single, positive character, get the value into mcbuffer, and |
4332 | then we can handle this with the normal one-character code. */ |
4333 | |
4334 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
4335 | if (utf8 && class_lastchar > 127) |
4336 | mclength = _pcre_ord2utf8(class_lastchar, mcbuffer); |
4337 | else |
4338 | #endif |
4339 | { |
4340 | mcbuffer[0] = class_lastchar; |
4341 | mclength = 1; |
4342 | } |
4343 | goto ONE_CHAR; |
4344 | } /* End of 1-char optimization */ |
4345 | |
4346 | /* The general case - not the one-char optimization. If this is the first |
4347 | thing in the branch, there can be no first char setting, whatever the |
4348 | repeat count. Any reqbyte setting must remain unchanged after any kind of |
4349 | repeat. */ |
4350 | |
4351 | if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE; |
4352 | zerofirstbyte = firstbyte; |
4353 | zeroreqbyte = reqbyte; |
4354 | |
4355 | /* If there are characters with values > 255, we have to compile an |
4356 | extended class, with its own opcode, unless there was a negated special |
4357 | such as \S in the class, and PCRE_UCP is not set, because in that case all |
4358 | characters > 255 are in the class, so any that were explicitly given as |
4359 | well can be ignored. If (when there are explicit characters > 255 that must |
4360 | be listed) there are no characters < 256, we can omit the bitmap in the |
4361 | actual compiled code. */ |
4362 | |
4363 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
4364 | if (class_utf8 && (!should_flip_negation || (options & PCRE_UCP) != 0)) |
4365 | { |
4366 | *class_utf8data++ = XCL_END; /* Marks the end of extra data */ |
4367 | *code++ = OP_XCLASS; |
4368 | code += LINK_SIZE; |
4369 | *code = negate_class? XCL_NOT : 0; |
4370 | |
4371 | /* If the map is required, move up the extra data to make room for it; |
4372 | otherwise just move the code pointer to the end of the extra data. */ |
4373 | |
4374 | if (class_charcount > 0) |
4375 | { |
4376 | *code++ |= XCL_MAP; |
4377 | memmove(code + 32, code, class_utf8data - code); |
4378 | memcpy(code, classbits, 32); |
4379 | code = class_utf8data + 32; |
4380 | } |
4381 | else code = class_utf8data; |
4382 | |
4383 | /* Now fill in the complete length of the item */ |
4384 | |
4385 | PUT(previous, 1, code - previous); |
4386 | break; /* End of class handling */ |
4387 | } |
4388 | #endif |
4389 | |
4390 | /* If there are no characters > 255, or they are all to be included or |
4391 | excluded, set the opcode to OP_CLASS or OP_NCLASS, depending on whether the |
4392 | whole class was negated and whether there were negative specials such as \S |
4393 | (non-UCP) in the class. Then copy the 32-byte map into the code vector, |
4394 | negating it if necessary. */ |
4395 | |
4396 | *code++ = (negate_class == should_flip_negation) ? OP_CLASS : OP_NCLASS; |
4397 | if (negate_class) |
4398 | { |
4399 | if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Save time in the pre-compile phase */ |
4400 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) code[c] = ~classbits[c]; |
4401 | } |
4402 | else |
4403 | { |
4404 | memcpy(code, classbits, 32); |
4405 | } |
4406 | code += 32; |
4407 | break; |
4408 | |
4409 | |
4410 | /* ===================================================================*/ |
4411 | /* Various kinds of repeat; '{' is not necessarily a quantifier, but this |
4412 | has been tested above. */ |
4413 | |
4414 | case CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET: |
4415 | if (!is_quantifier) goto NORMAL_CHAR; |
4416 | ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+1, &repeat_min, &repeat_max, errorcodeptr); |
4417 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
4418 | goto REPEAT; |
4419 | |
4420 | case CHAR_ASTERISK: |
4421 | repeat_min = 0; |
4422 | repeat_max = -1; |
4423 | goto REPEAT; |
4424 | |
4425 | case CHAR_PLUS: |
4426 | repeat_min = 1; |
4427 | repeat_max = -1; |
4428 | goto REPEAT; |
4429 | |
4430 | case CHAR_QUESTION_MARK: |
4431 | repeat_min = 0; |
4432 | repeat_max = 1; |
4433 | |
4434 | REPEAT: |
4435 | if (previous == NULL) |
4436 | { |
4437 | *errorcodeptr = ERR9; |
4438 | goto FAILED; |
4439 | } |
4440 | |
4441 | if (repeat_min == 0) |
4442 | { |
4443 | firstbyte = zerofirstbyte; /* Adjust for zero repeat */ |
4444 | reqbyte = zeroreqbyte; /* Ditto */ |
4445 | } |
4446 | |
4447 | /* Remember whether this is a variable length repeat */ |
4448 | |
4449 | reqvary = (repeat_min == repeat_max)? 0 : REQ_VARY; |
4450 | |
4451 | op_type = 0; /* Default single-char op codes */ |
4452 | possessive_quantifier = FALSE; /* Default not possessive quantifier */ |
4453 | |
4454 | /* Save start of previous item, in case we have to move it up in order to |
4455 | insert something before it. */ |
4456 | |
4457 | tempcode = previous; |
4458 | |
4459 | /* If the next character is '+', we have a possessive quantifier. This |
4460 | implies greediness, whatever the setting of the PCRE_UNGREEDY option. |
4461 | If the next character is '?' this is a minimizing repeat, by default, |
4462 | but if PCRE_UNGREEDY is set, it works the other way round. We change the |
4463 | repeat type to the non-default. */ |
4464 | |
4465 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS) |
4466 | { |
4467 | repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */ |
4468 | possessive_quantifier = TRUE; |
4469 | ptr++; |
4470 | } |
4471 | else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK) |
4472 | { |
4473 | repeat_type = greedy_non_default; |
4474 | ptr++; |
4475 | } |
4476 | else repeat_type = greedy_default; |
4477 | |
4478 | /* If previous was a recursion call, wrap it in atomic brackets so that |
4479 | previous becomes the atomic group. All recursions were so wrapped in the |
4480 | past, but it no longer happens for non-repeated recursions. In fact, the |
4481 | repeated ones could be re-implemented independently so as not to need this, |
4482 | but for the moment we rely on the code for repeating groups. */ |
4483 | |
4484 | if (*previous == OP_RECURSE) |
4485 | { |
4486 | memmove(previous + 1 + LINK_SIZE, previous, 1 + LINK_SIZE); |
4487 | *previous = OP_ONCE; |
4488 | PUT(previous, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE); |
4489 | previous[2 + 2*LINK_SIZE] = OP_KET; |
4490 | PUT(previous, 3 + 2*LINK_SIZE, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE); |
4491 | code += 2 + 2 * LINK_SIZE; |
4492 | length_prevgroup = 3 + 3*LINK_SIZE; |
4493 | |
4494 | /* When actually compiling, we need to check whether this was a forward |
4495 | reference, and if so, adjust the offset. */ |
4496 | |
4497 | if (lengthptr == NULL && cd->hwm >= cd->start_workspace + LINK_SIZE) |
4498 | { |
4499 | int offset = GET(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE); |
4500 | if (offset == previous + 1 - cd->start_code) |
4501 | PUT(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE, offset + 1 + LINK_SIZE); |
4502 | } |
4503 | } |
4504 | |
4505 | /* Now handle repetition for the different types of item. */ |
4506 | |
4507 | /* If previous was a character match, abolish the item and generate a |
4508 | repeat item instead. If a char item has a minumum of more than one, ensure |
4509 | that it is set in reqbyte - it might not be if a sequence such as x{3} is |
4510 | the first thing in a branch because the x will have gone into firstbyte |
4511 | instead. */ |
4512 | |
4513 | if (*previous == OP_CHAR || *previous == OP_CHARI) |
4514 | { |
4515 | op_type = (*previous == OP_CHAR)? 0 : OP_STARI - OP_STAR; |
4516 | |
4517 | /* Deal with UTF-8 characters that take up more than one byte. It's |
4518 | easier to write this out separately than try to macrify it. Use c to |
4519 | hold the length of the character in bytes, plus 0x80 to flag that it's a |
4520 | length rather than a small character. */ |
4521 | |
4522 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
4523 | if (utf8 && (code[-1] & 0x80) != 0) |
4524 | { |
4525 | uschar *lastchar = code - 1; |
4526 | while((*lastchar & 0xc0) == 0x80) lastchar--; |
4527 | c = code - lastchar; /* Length of UTF-8 character */ |
4528 | memcpy(utf8_char, lastchar, c); /* Save the char */ |
4529 | c |= 0x80; /* Flag c as a length */ |
4530 | } |
4531 | else |
4532 | #endif |
4533 | |
4534 | /* Handle the case of a single byte - either with no UTF8 support, or |
4535 | with UTF-8 disabled, or for a UTF-8 character < 128. */ |
4536 | |
4537 | { |
4538 | c = code[-1]; |
4539 | if (repeat_min > 1) reqbyte = c | req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt; |
4540 | } |
4541 | |
4542 | /* If the repetition is unlimited, it pays to see if the next thing on |
4543 | the line is something that cannot possibly match this character. If so, |
4544 | automatically possessifying this item gains some performance in the case |
4545 | where the match fails. */ |
4546 | |
4547 | if (!possessive_quantifier && |
4548 | repeat_max < 0 && |
4549 | check_auto_possessive(previous, utf8, ptr + 1, options, cd)) |
4550 | { |
4551 | repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */ |
4552 | possessive_quantifier = TRUE; |
4553 | } |
4554 | |
4555 | goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT; /* Code shared with single character types */ |
4556 | } |
4557 | |
4558 | /* If previous was a single negated character ([^a] or similar), we use |
4559 | one of the special opcodes, replacing it. The code is shared with single- |
4560 | character repeats by setting opt_type to add a suitable offset into |
4561 | repeat_type. We can also test for auto-possessification. OP_NOT and OP_NOTI |
4562 | are currently used only for single-byte chars. */ |
4563 | |
4564 | else if (*previous == OP_NOT || *previous == OP_NOTI) |
4565 | { |
4566 | op_type = ((*previous == OP_NOT)? OP_NOTSTAR : OP_NOTSTARI) - OP_STAR; |
4567 | c = previous[1]; |
4568 | if (!possessive_quantifier && |
4569 | repeat_max < 0 && |
4570 | check_auto_possessive(previous, utf8, ptr + 1, options, cd)) |
4571 | { |
4572 | repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */ |
4573 | possessive_quantifier = TRUE; |
4574 | } |
4575 | goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT; |
4576 | } |
4577 | |
4578 | /* If previous was a character type match (\d or similar), abolish it and |
4579 | create a suitable repeat item. The code is shared with single-character |
4580 | repeats by setting op_type to add a suitable offset into repeat_type. Note |
4581 | the the Unicode property types will be present only when SUPPORT_UCP is |
4582 | defined, but we don't wrap the little bits of code here because it just |
4583 | makes it horribly messy. */ |
4584 | |
4585 | else if (*previous < OP_EODN) |
4586 | { |
4587 | uschar *oldcode; |
4588 | int prop_type, prop_value; |
4589 | op_type = OP_TYPESTAR - OP_STAR; /* Use type opcodes */ |
4590 | c = *previous; |
4591 | |
4592 | if (!possessive_quantifier && |
4593 | repeat_max < 0 && |
4594 | check_auto_possessive(previous, utf8, ptr + 1, options, cd)) |
4595 | { |
4596 | repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */ |
4597 | possessive_quantifier = TRUE; |
4598 | } |
4599 | |
4600 | OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT: |
4601 | if (*previous == OP_PROP || *previous == OP_NOTPROP) |
4602 | { |
4603 | prop_type = previous[1]; |
4604 | prop_value = previous[2]; |
4605 | } |
4606 | else prop_type = prop_value = -1; |
4607 | |
4608 | oldcode = code; |
4609 | code = previous; /* Usually overwrite previous item */ |
4610 | |
4611 | /* If the maximum is zero then the minimum must also be zero; Perl allows |
4612 | this case, so we do too - by simply omitting the item altogether. */ |
4613 | |
4614 | if (repeat_max == 0) goto END_REPEAT; |
4615 | |
4616 | /*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
4617 | /* This code is obsolete from release 8.00; the restriction was finally |
4618 | removed: */ |
4619 | |
4620 | /* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe |
4621 | one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */ |
4622 | |
4623 | /* if (repeat_max != 1) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_NOPARTIAL; */ |
4624 | /*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
4625 | |
4626 | /* Combine the op_type with the repeat_type */ |
4627 | |
4628 | repeat_type += op_type; |
4629 | |
4630 | /* A minimum of zero is handled either as the special case * or ?, or as |
4631 | an UPTO, with the maximum given. */ |
4632 | |
4633 | if (repeat_min == 0) |
4634 | { |
4635 | if (repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type; |
4636 | else if (repeat_max == 1) *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type; |
4637 | else |
4638 | { |
4639 | *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type; |
4640 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max); |
4641 | } |
4642 | } |
4643 | |
4644 | /* A repeat minimum of 1 is optimized into some special cases. If the |
4645 | maximum is unlimited, we use OP_PLUS. Otherwise, the original item is |
4646 | left in place and, if the maximum is greater than 1, we use OP_UPTO with |
4647 | one less than the maximum. */ |
4648 | |
4649 | else if (repeat_min == 1) |
4650 | { |
4651 | if (repeat_max == -1) |
4652 | *code++ = OP_PLUS + repeat_type; |
4653 | else |
4654 | { |
4655 | code = oldcode; /* leave previous item in place */ |
4656 | if (repeat_max == 1) goto END_REPEAT; |
4657 | *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type; |
4658 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max - 1); |
4659 | } |
4660 | } |
4661 | |
4662 | /* The case {n,n} is just an EXACT, while the general case {n,m} is |
4663 | handled as an EXACT followed by an UPTO. */ |
4664 | |
4665 | else |
4666 | { |
4667 | *code++ = OP_EXACT + op_type; /* NB EXACT doesn't have repeat_type */ |
4668 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min); |
4669 | |
4670 | /* If the maximum is unlimited, insert an OP_STAR. Before doing so, |
4671 | we have to insert the character for the previous code. For a repeated |
4672 | Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that define the |
4673 | required property. In UTF-8 mode, long characters have their length in |
4674 | c, with the 0x80 bit as a flag. */ |
4675 | |
4676 | if (repeat_max < 0) |
4677 | { |
4678 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
4679 | if (utf8 && c >= 128) |
4680 | { |
4681 | memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7); |
4682 | code += c & 7; |
4683 | } |
4684 | else |
4685 | #endif |
4686 | { |
4687 | *code++ = c; |
4688 | if (prop_type >= 0) |
4689 | { |
4690 | *code++ = prop_type; |
4691 | *code++ = prop_value; |
4692 | } |
4693 | } |
4694 | *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type; |
4695 | } |
4696 | |
4697 | /* Else insert an UPTO if the max is greater than the min, again |
4698 | preceded by the character, for the previously inserted code. If the |
4699 | UPTO is just for 1 instance, we can use QUERY instead. */ |
4700 | |
4701 | else if (repeat_max != repeat_min) |
4702 | { |
4703 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
4704 | if (utf8 && c >= 128) |
4705 | { |
4706 | memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7); |
4707 | code += c & 7; |
4708 | } |
4709 | else |
4710 | #endif |
4711 | *code++ = c; |
4712 | if (prop_type >= 0) |
4713 | { |
4714 | *code++ = prop_type; |
4715 | *code++ = prop_value; |
4716 | } |
4717 | repeat_max -= repeat_min; |
4718 | |
4719 | if (repeat_max == 1) |
4720 | { |
4721 | *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type; |
4722 | } |
4723 | else |
4724 | { |
4725 | *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type; |
4726 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max); |
4727 | } |
4728 | } |
4729 | } |
4730 | |
4731 | /* The character or character type itself comes last in all cases. */ |
4732 | |
4733 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
4734 | if (utf8 && c >= 128) |
4735 | { |
4736 | memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7); |
4737 | code += c & 7; |
4738 | } |
4739 | else |
4740 | #endif |
4741 | *code++ = c; |
4742 | |
4743 | /* For a repeated Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that |
4744 | define the required property. */ |
4745 | |
4746 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
4747 | if (prop_type >= 0) |
4748 | { |
4749 | *code++ = prop_type; |
4750 | *code++ = prop_value; |
4751 | } |
4752 | #endif |
4753 | } |
4754 | |
4755 | /* If previous was a character class or a back reference, we put the repeat |
4756 | stuff after it, but just skip the item if the repeat was {0,0}. */ |
4757 | |
4758 | else if (*previous == OP_CLASS || |
4759 | *previous == OP_NCLASS || |
4760 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
4761 | *previous == OP_XCLASS || |
4762 | #endif |
4763 | *previous == OP_REF || |
4764 | *previous == OP_REFI) |
4765 | { |
4766 | if (repeat_max == 0) |
4767 | { |
4768 | code = previous; |
4769 | goto END_REPEAT; |
4770 | } |
4771 | |
4772 | /*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
4773 | /* This code is obsolete from release 8.00; the restriction was finally |
4774 | removed: */ |
4775 | |
4776 | /* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe |
4777 | one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */ |
4778 | |
4779 | /* if (repeat_max != 1) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_NOPARTIAL; */ |
4780 | /*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
4781 | |
4782 | if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == -1) |
4783 | *code++ = OP_CRSTAR + repeat_type; |
4784 | else if (repeat_min == 1 && repeat_max == -1) |
4785 | *code++ = OP_CRPLUS + repeat_type; |
4786 | else if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == 1) |
4787 | *code++ = OP_CRQUERY + repeat_type; |
4788 | else |
4789 | { |
4790 | *code++ = OP_CRRANGE + repeat_type; |
4791 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min); |
4792 | if (repeat_max == -1) repeat_max = 0; /* 2-byte encoding for max */ |
4793 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max); |
4794 | } |
4795 | } |
4796 | |
4797 | /* If previous was a bracket group, we may have to replicate it in certain |
4798 | cases. Note that at this point we can encounter only the "basic" bracket |
4799 | opcodes such as BRA and CBRA, as this is the place where they get converted |
4800 | into the more special varieties such as BRAPOS and SBRA. A test for >= |
4801 | OP_ASSERT and <= OP_COND includes ASSERT, ASSERT_NOT, ASSERTBACK, |
4802 | ASSERTBACK_NOT, ONCE, BRA, CBRA, and COND. Originally, PCRE did not allow |
4803 | repetition of assertions, but now it does, for Perl compatibility. */ |
4804 | |
4805 | else if (*previous >= OP_ASSERT && *previous <= OP_COND) |
4806 | { |
4807 | register int i; |
4808 | int len = (int)(code - previous); |
4809 | uschar *bralink = NULL; |
4810 | uschar *brazeroptr = NULL; |
4811 | |
4812 | /* Repeating a DEFINE group is pointless, but Perl allows the syntax, so |
4813 | we just ignore the repeat. */ |
4814 | |
4815 | if (*previous == OP_COND && previous[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF) |
4816 | goto END_REPEAT; |
4817 | |
4818 | /* There is no sense in actually repeating assertions. The only potential |
4819 | use of repetition is in cases when the assertion is optional. Therefore, |
4820 | if the minimum is greater than zero, just ignore the repeat. If the |
4821 | maximum is not not zero or one, set it to 1. */ |
4822 | |
4823 | if (*previous < OP_ONCE) /* Assertion */ |
4824 | { |
4825 | if (repeat_min > 0) goto END_REPEAT; |
4826 | if (repeat_max < 0 || repeat_max > 1) repeat_max = 1; |
4827 | } |
4828 | |
4829 | /* The case of a zero minimum is special because of the need to stick |
4830 | OP_BRAZERO in front of it, and because the group appears once in the |
4831 | data, whereas in other cases it appears the minimum number of times. For |
4832 | this reason, it is simplest to treat this case separately, as otherwise |
4833 | the code gets far too messy. There are several special subcases when the |
4834 | minimum is zero. */ |
4835 | |
4836 | if (repeat_min == 0) |
4837 | { |
4838 | /* If the maximum is also zero, we used to just omit the group from the |
4839 | output altogether, like this: |
4840 | |
4841 | ** if (repeat_max == 0) |
4842 | ** { |
4843 | ** code = previous; |
4844 | ** goto END_REPEAT; |
4845 | ** } |
4846 | |
4847 | However, that fails when a group or a subgroup within it is referenced |
4848 | as a subroutine from elsewhere in the pattern, so now we stick in |
4849 | OP_SKIPZERO in front of it so that it is skipped on execution. As we |
4850 | don't have a list of which groups are referenced, we cannot do this |
4851 | selectively. |
4852 | |
4853 | If the maximum is 1 or unlimited, we just have to stick in the BRAZERO |
4854 | and do no more at this point. However, we do need to adjust any |
4855 | OP_RECURSE calls inside the group that refer to the group itself or any |
4856 | internal or forward referenced group, because the offset is from the |
4857 | start of the whole regex. Temporarily terminate the pattern while doing |
4858 | this. */ |
4859 | |
4860 | if (repeat_max <= 1) /* Covers 0, 1, and unlimited */ |
4861 | { |
4862 | *code = OP_END; |
4863 | adjust_recurse(previous, 1, utf8, cd, save_hwm); |
4864 | memmove(previous+1, previous, len); |
4865 | code++; |
4866 | if (repeat_max == 0) |
4867 | { |
4868 | *previous++ = OP_SKIPZERO; |
4869 | goto END_REPEAT; |
4870 | } |
4871 | brazeroptr = previous; /* Save for possessive optimizing */ |
4872 | *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type; |
4873 | } |
4874 | |
4875 | /* If the maximum is greater than 1 and limited, we have to replicate |
4876 | in a nested fashion, sticking OP_BRAZERO before each set of brackets. |
4877 | The first one has to be handled carefully because it's the original |
4878 | copy, which has to be moved up. The remainder can be handled by code |
4879 | that is common with the non-zero minimum case below. We have to |
4880 | adjust the value or repeat_max, since one less copy is required. Once |
4881 | again, we may have to adjust any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group. */ |
4882 | |
4883 | else |
4884 | { |
4885 | int offset; |
4886 | *code = OP_END; |
4887 | adjust_recurse(previous, 2 + LINK_SIZE, utf8, cd, save_hwm); |
4888 | memmove(previous + 2 + LINK_SIZE, previous, len); |
4889 | code += 2 + LINK_SIZE; |
4890 | *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type; |
4891 | *previous++ = OP_BRA; |
4892 | |
4893 | /* We chain together the bracket offset fields that have to be |
4894 | filled in later when the ends of the brackets are reached. */ |
4895 | |
4896 | offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(previous - bralink); |
4897 | bralink = previous; |
4898 | PUTINC(previous, 0, offset); |
4899 | } |
4900 | |
4901 | repeat_max--; |
4902 | } |
4903 | |
4904 | /* If the minimum is greater than zero, replicate the group as many |
4905 | times as necessary, and adjust the maximum to the number of subsequent |
4906 | copies that we need. If we set a first char from the group, and didn't |
4907 | set a required char, copy the latter from the former. If there are any |
4908 | forward reference subroutine calls in the group, there will be entries on |
4909 | the workspace list; replicate these with an appropriate increment. */ |
4910 | |
4911 | else |
4912 | { |
4913 | if (repeat_min > 1) |
4914 | { |
4915 | /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We |
4916 | just adjust the length as if we had. Do some paranoid checks for |
4917 | potential integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is a 64-bit |
4918 | integer type when available, otherwise double. */ |
4919 | |
4920 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
4921 | { |
4922 | int delta = (repeat_min - 1)*length_prevgroup; |
4923 | if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(repeat_min - 1)* |
4924 | (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)length_prevgroup > |
4925 | (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX || |
4926 | OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta) |
4927 | { |
4928 | *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
4929 | goto FAILED; |
4930 | } |
4931 | *lengthptr += delta; |
4932 | } |
4933 | |
4934 | /* This is compiling for real. If there is a set first byte for |
4935 | the group, and we have not yet set a "required byte", set it. Make |
4936 | sure there is enough workspace for copying forward references before |
4937 | doing the copy. */ |
4938 | |
4939 | else |
4940 | { |
4941 | if (groupsetfirstbyte && reqbyte < 0) reqbyte = firstbyte; |
4942 | |
4943 | for (i = 1; i < repeat_min; i++) |
4944 | { |
4945 | uschar *hc; |
4946 | uschar *this_hwm = cd->hwm; |
4947 | memcpy(code, previous, len); |
4948 | |
4949 | while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
4950 | WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN - (this_hwm - save_hwm)) |
4951 | { |
4952 | int save_offset = save_hwm - cd->start_workspace; |
4953 | int this_offset = this_hwm - cd->start_workspace; |
4954 | *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd); |
4955 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
4956 | save_hwm = (uschar *)cd->start_workspace + save_offset; |
4957 | this_hwm = (uschar *)cd->start_workspace + this_offset; |
4958 | } |
4959 | |
4960 | for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE) |
4961 | { |
4962 | PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len); |
4963 | cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE; |
4964 | } |
4965 | save_hwm = this_hwm; |
4966 | code += len; |
4967 | } |
4968 | } |
4969 | } |
4970 | |
4971 | if (repeat_max > 0) repeat_max -= repeat_min; |
4972 | } |
4973 | |
4974 | /* This code is common to both the zero and non-zero minimum cases. If |
4975 | the maximum is limited, it replicates the group in a nested fashion, |
4976 | remembering the bracket starts on a stack. In the case of a zero minimum, |
4977 | the first one was set up above. In all cases the repeat_max now specifies |
4978 | the number of additional copies needed. Again, we must remember to |
4979 | replicate entries on the forward reference list. */ |
4980 | |
4981 | if (repeat_max >= 0) |
4982 | { |
4983 | /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We |
4984 | just adjust the length as if we had. For each repetition we must add 1 |
4985 | to the length for BRAZERO and for all but the last repetition we must |
4986 | add 2 + 2*LINKSIZE to allow for the nesting that occurs. Do some |
4987 | paranoid checks to avoid integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is |
4988 | a 64-bit integer type when available, otherwise double. */ |
4989 | |
4990 | if (lengthptr != NULL && repeat_max > 0) |
4991 | { |
4992 | int delta = repeat_max * (length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) - |
4993 | 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE; /* Last one doesn't nest */ |
4994 | if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)repeat_max * |
4995 | (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) |
4996 | > (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX || |
4997 | OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta) |
4998 | { |
4999 | *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
5000 | goto FAILED; |
5001 | } |
5002 | *lengthptr += delta; |
5003 | } |
5004 | |
5005 | /* This is compiling for real */ |
5006 | |
5007 | else for (i = repeat_max - 1; i >= 0; i--) |
5008 | { |
5009 | uschar *hc; |
5010 | uschar *this_hwm = cd->hwm; |
5011 | |
5012 | *code++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type; |
5013 | |
5014 | /* All but the final copy start a new nesting, maintaining the |
5015 | chain of brackets outstanding. */ |
5016 | |
5017 | if (i != 0) |
5018 | { |
5019 | int offset; |
5020 | *code++ = OP_BRA; |
5021 | offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(code - bralink); |
5022 | bralink = code; |
5023 | PUTINC(code, 0, offset); |
5024 | } |
5025 | |
5026 | memcpy(code, previous, len); |
5027 | |
5028 | /* Ensure there is enough workspace for forward references before |
5029 | copying them. */ |
5030 | |
5031 | while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
5032 | WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN - (this_hwm - save_hwm)) |
5033 | { |
5034 | int save_offset = save_hwm - cd->start_workspace; |
5035 | int this_offset = this_hwm - cd->start_workspace; |
5036 | *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd); |
5037 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
5038 | save_hwm = (uschar *)cd->start_workspace + save_offset; |
5039 | this_hwm = (uschar *)cd->start_workspace + this_offset; |
5040 | } |
5041 | |
5042 | for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE) |
5043 | { |
5044 | PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len + ((i != 0)? 2+LINK_SIZE : 1)); |
5045 | cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE; |
5046 | } |
5047 | save_hwm = this_hwm; |
5048 | code += len; |
5049 | } |
5050 | |
5051 | /* Now chain through the pending brackets, and fill in their length |
5052 | fields (which are holding the chain links pro tem). */ |
5053 | |
5054 | while (bralink != NULL) |
5055 | { |
5056 | int oldlinkoffset; |
5057 | int offset = (int)(code - bralink + 1); |
5058 | uschar *bra = code - offset; |
5059 | oldlinkoffset = GET(bra, 1); |
5060 | bralink = (oldlinkoffset == 0)? NULL : bralink - oldlinkoffset; |
5061 | *code++ = OP_KET; |
5062 | PUTINC(code, 0, offset); |
5063 | PUT(bra, 1, offset); |
5064 | } |
5065 | } |
5066 | |
5067 | /* If the maximum is unlimited, set a repeater in the final copy. For |
5068 | ONCE brackets, that's all we need to do. However, possessively repeated |
5069 | ONCE brackets can be converted into non-capturing brackets, as the |
5070 | behaviour of (?:xx)++ is the same as (?>xx)++ and this saves having to |
5071 | deal with possessive ONCEs specially. |
5072 | |
5073 | Otherwise, when we are doing the actual compile phase, check to see |
5074 | whether this group is one that could match an empty string. If so, |
5075 | convert the initial operator to the S form (e.g. OP_BRA -> OP_SBRA) so |
5076 | that runtime checking can be done. [This check is also applied to ONCE |
5077 | groups at runtime, but in a different way.] |
5078 | |
5079 | Then, if the quantifier was possessive and the bracket is not a |
5080 | conditional, we convert the BRA code to the POS form, and the KET code to |
5081 | KETRPOS. (It turns out to be convenient at runtime to detect this kind of |
5082 | subpattern at both the start and at the end.) The use of special opcodes |
5083 | makes it possible to reduce greatly the stack usage in pcre_exec(). If |
5084 | the group is preceded by OP_BRAZERO, convert this to OP_BRAPOSZERO. |
5085 | |
5086 | Then, if the minimum number of matches is 1 or 0, cancel the possessive |
5087 | flag so that the default action below, of wrapping everything inside |
5088 | atomic brackets, does not happen. When the minimum is greater than 1, |
5089 | there will be earlier copies of the group, and so we still have to wrap |
5090 | the whole thing. */ |
5091 | |
5092 | else |
5093 | { |
5094 | uschar *ketcode = code - 1 - LINK_SIZE; |
5095 | uschar *bracode = ketcode - GET(ketcode, 1); |
5096 | |
5097 | /* Convert possessive ONCE brackets to non-capturing */ |
5098 | |
5099 | if ((*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC) && |
5100 | possessive_quantifier) *bracode = OP_BRA; |
5101 | |
5102 | /* For non-possessive ONCE brackets, all we need to do is to |
5103 | set the KET. */ |
5104 | |
5105 | if (*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC) |
5106 | *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type; |
5107 | |
5108 | /* Handle non-ONCE brackets and possessive ONCEs (which have been |
5109 | converted to non-capturing above). */ |
5110 | |
5111 | else |
5112 | { |
5113 | /* In the compile phase, check for empty string matching. */ |
5114 | |
5115 | if (lengthptr == NULL) |
5116 | { |
5117 | uschar *scode = bracode; |
5118 | do |
5119 | { |
5120 | if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, ketcode, utf8, cd)) |
5121 | { |
5122 | *bracode += OP_SBRA - OP_BRA; |
5123 | break; |
5124 | } |
5125 | scode += GET(scode, 1); |
5126 | } |
5127 | while (*scode == OP_ALT); |
5128 | } |
5129 | |
5130 | /* Handle possessive quantifiers. */ |
5131 | |
5132 | if (possessive_quantifier) |
5133 | { |
5134 | /* For COND brackets, we wrap the whole thing in a possessively |
5135 | repeated non-capturing bracket, because we have not invented POS |
5136 | versions of the COND opcodes. Because we are moving code along, we |
5137 | must ensure that any pending recursive references are updated. */ |
5138 | |
5139 | if (*bracode == OP_COND || *bracode == OP_SCOND) |
5140 | { |
5141 | int nlen = (int)(code - bracode); |
5142 | *code = OP_END; |
5143 | adjust_recurse(bracode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf8, cd, save_hwm); |
5144 | memmove(bracode + 1+LINK_SIZE, bracode, nlen); |
5145 | code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
5146 | nlen += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
5147 | *bracode = OP_BRAPOS; |
5148 | *code++ = OP_KETRPOS; |
5149 | PUTINC(code, 0, nlen); |
5150 | PUT(bracode, 1, nlen); |
5151 | } |
5152 | |
5153 | /* For non-COND brackets, we modify the BRA code and use KETRPOS. */ |
5154 | |
5155 | else |
5156 | { |
5157 | *bracode += 1; /* Switch to xxxPOS opcodes */ |
5158 | *ketcode = OP_KETRPOS; |
5159 | } |
5160 | |
5161 | /* If the minimum is zero, mark it as possessive, then unset the |
5162 | possessive flag when the minimum is 0 or 1. */ |
5163 | |
5164 | if (brazeroptr != NULL) *brazeroptr = OP_BRAPOSZERO; |
5165 | if (repeat_min < 2) possessive_quantifier = FALSE; |
5166 | } |
5167 | |
5168 | /* Non-possessive quantifier */ |
5169 | |
5170 | else *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type; |
5171 | } |
5172 | } |
5173 | } |
5174 | |
5175 | /* If previous is OP_FAIL, it was generated by an empty class [] in |
5176 | JavaScript mode. The other ways in which OP_FAIL can be generated, that is |
5177 | by (*FAIL) or (?!) set previous to NULL, which gives a "nothing to repeat" |
5178 | error above. We can just ignore the repeat in JS case. */ |
5179 | |
5180 | else if (*previous == OP_FAIL) goto END_REPEAT; |
5181 | |
5182 | /* Else there's some kind of shambles */ |
5183 | |
5184 | else |
5185 | { |
5186 | *errorcodeptr = ERR11; |
5187 | goto FAILED; |
5188 | } |
5189 | |
5190 | /* If the character following a repeat is '+', or if certain optimization |
5191 | tests above succeeded, possessive_quantifier is TRUE. For some opcodes, |
5192 | there are special alternative opcodes for this case. For anything else, we |
5193 | wrap the entire repeated item inside OP_ONCE brackets. Logically, the '+' |
5194 | notation is just syntactic sugar, taken from Sun's Java package, but the |
5195 | special opcodes can optimize it. |
5196 | |
5197 | Some (but not all) possessively repeated subpatterns have already been |
5198 | completely handled in the code just above. For them, possessive_quantifier |
5199 | is always FALSE at this stage. |
5200 | |
5201 | Note that the repeated item starts at tempcode, not at previous, which |
5202 | might be the first part of a string whose (former) last char we repeated. |
5203 | |
5204 | Possessifying an 'exact' quantifier has no effect, so we can ignore it. But |
5205 | an 'upto' may follow. We skip over an 'exact' item, and then test the |
5206 | length of what remains before proceeding. */ |
5207 | |
5208 | if (possessive_quantifier) |
5209 | { |
5210 | int len; |
5211 | |
5212 | if (*tempcode == OP_TYPEEXACT) |
5213 | tempcode += _pcre_OP_lengths[*tempcode] + |
5214 | ((tempcode[3] == OP_PROP || tempcode[3] == OP_NOTPROP)? 2 : 0); |
5215 | |
5216 | else if (*tempcode == OP_EXACT || *tempcode == OP_NOTEXACT) |
5217 | { |
5218 | tempcode += _pcre_OP_lengths[*tempcode]; |
5219 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
5220 | if (utf8 && tempcode[-1] >= 0xc0) |
5221 | tempcode += _pcre_utf8_table4[tempcode[-1] & 0x3f]; |
5222 | #endif |
5223 | } |
5224 | |
5225 | len = (int)(code - tempcode); |
5226 | if (len > 0) switch (*tempcode) |
5227 | { |
5228 | case OP_STAR: *tempcode = OP_POSSTAR; break; |
5229 | case OP_PLUS: *tempcode = OP_POSPLUS; break; |
5230 | case OP_QUERY: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERY; break; |
5231 | case OP_UPTO: *tempcode = OP_POSUPTO; break; |
5232 | |
5233 | case OP_STARI: *tempcode = OP_POSSTARI; break; |
5234 | case OP_PLUSI: *tempcode = OP_POSPLUSI; break; |
5235 | case OP_QUERYI: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERYI; break; |
5236 | case OP_UPTOI: *tempcode = OP_POSUPTOI; break; |
5237 | |
5238 | case OP_NOTSTAR: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTAR; break; |
5239 | case OP_NOTPLUS: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUS; break; |
5240 | case OP_NOTQUERY: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERY; break; |
5241 | case OP_NOTUPTO: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTO; break; |
5242 | |
5243 | case OP_NOTSTARI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTARI; break; |
5244 | case OP_NOTPLUSI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUSI; break; |
5245 | case OP_NOTQUERYI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERYI; break; |
5246 | case OP_NOTUPTOI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTOI; break; |
5247 | |
5248 | case OP_TYPESTAR: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSSTAR; break; |
5249 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSPLUS; break; |
5250 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSQUERY; break; |
5251 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSUPTO; break; |
5252 | |
5253 | /* Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any |
5254 | pending recursive references are updated. */ |
5255 | |
5256 | default: |
5257 | *code = OP_END; |
5258 | adjust_recurse(tempcode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf8, cd, save_hwm); |
5259 | memmove(tempcode + 1+LINK_SIZE, tempcode, len); |
5260 | code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
5261 | len += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
5262 | tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE; |
5263 | *code++ = OP_KET; |
5264 | PUTINC(code, 0, len); |
5265 | PUT(tempcode, 1, len); |
5266 | break; |
5267 | } |
5268 | } |
5269 | |
5270 | /* In all case we no longer have a previous item. We also set the |
5271 | "follows varying string" flag for subsequently encountered reqbytes if |
5272 | it isn't already set and we have just passed a varying length item. */ |
5273 | |
5274 | END_REPEAT: |
5275 | previous = NULL; |
5276 | cd->req_varyopt |= reqvary; |
5277 | break; |
5278 | |
5279 | |
5280 | /* ===================================================================*/ |
5281 | /* Start of nested parenthesized sub-expression, or comment or lookahead or |
5282 | lookbehind or option setting or condition or all the other extended |
5283 | parenthesis forms. */ |
5284 | |
5285 | case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS: |
5286 | newoptions = options; |
5287 | skipbytes = 0; |
5288 | bravalue = OP_CBRA; |
5289 | save_hwm = cd->hwm; |
5290 | reset_bracount = FALSE; |
5291 | |
5292 | /* First deal with various "verbs" that can be introduced by '*'. */ |
5293 | |
5294 | if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_ASTERISK && |
5295 | ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_letter) != 0 || ptr[1] == ':')) |
5296 | { |
5297 | int i, namelen; |
5298 | int arglen = 0; |
5299 | const char *vn = verbnames; |
5300 | const uschar *name = ptr + 1; |
5301 | const uschar *arg = NULL; |
5302 | previous = NULL; |
5303 | while ((cd->ctypes[*++ptr] & ctype_letter) != 0) {}; |
5304 | namelen = (int)(ptr - name); |
5305 | |
5306 | /* It appears that Perl allows any characters whatsoever, other than |
5307 | a closing parenthesis, to appear in arguments, so we no longer insist on |
5308 | letters, digits, and underscores. */ |
5309 | |
5310 | if (*ptr == CHAR_COLON) |
5311 | { |
5312 | arg = ++ptr; |
5313 | while (*ptr != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++; |
5314 | arglen = (int)(ptr - arg); |
5315 | } |
5316 | |
5317 | if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
5318 | { |
5319 | *errorcodeptr = ERR60; |
5320 | goto FAILED; |
5321 | } |
5322 | |
5323 | /* Scan the table of verb names */ |
5324 | |
5325 | for (i = 0; i < verbcount; i++) |
5326 | { |
5327 | if (namelen == verbs[i].len && |
5328 | strncmp((char *)name, vn, namelen) == 0) |
5329 | { |
5330 | /* Check for open captures before ACCEPT and convert it to |
5331 | ASSERT_ACCEPT if in an assertion. */ |
5332 | |
5333 | if (verbs[i].op == OP_ACCEPT) |
5334 | { |
5335 | open_capitem *oc; |
5336 | if (arglen != 0) |
5337 | { |
5338 | *errorcodeptr = ERR59; |
5339 | goto FAILED; |
5340 | } |
5341 | cd->had_accept = TRUE; |
5342 | for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next) |
5343 | { |
5344 | *code++ = OP_CLOSE; |
5345 | PUT2INC(code, 0, oc->number); |
5346 | } |
5347 | *code++ = (cd->assert_depth > 0)? OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT : OP_ACCEPT; |
5348 | |
5349 | /* Do not set firstbyte after *ACCEPT */ |
5350 | if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE; |
5351 | } |
5352 | |
5353 | /* Handle other cases with/without an argument */ |
5354 | |
5355 | else if (arglen == 0) |
5356 | { |
5357 | if (verbs[i].op < 0) /* Argument is mandatory */ |
5358 | { |
5359 | *errorcodeptr = ERR66; |
5360 | goto FAILED; |
5361 | } |
5362 | *code = verbs[i].op; |
5363 | if (*code++ == OP_THEN) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASTHEN; |
5364 | } |
5365 | |
5366 | else |
5367 | { |
5368 | if (verbs[i].op_arg < 0) /* Argument is forbidden */ |
5369 | { |
5370 | *errorcodeptr = ERR59; |
5371 | goto FAILED; |
5372 | } |
5373 | *code = verbs[i].op_arg; |
5374 | if (*code++ == OP_THEN_ARG) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASTHEN; |
5375 | *code++ = arglen; |
5376 | memcpy(code, arg, arglen); |
5377 | code += arglen; |
5378 | *code++ = 0; |
5379 | } |
5380 | |
5381 | break; /* Found verb, exit loop */ |
5382 | } |
5383 | |
5384 | vn += verbs[i].len + 1; |
5385 | } |
5386 | |
5387 | if (i < verbcount) continue; /* Successfully handled a verb */ |
5388 | *errorcodeptr = ERR60; /* Verb not recognized */ |
5389 | goto FAILED; |
5390 | } |
5391 | |
5392 | /* Deal with the extended parentheses; all are introduced by '?', and the |
5393 | appearance of any of them means that this is not a capturing group. */ |
5394 | |
5395 | else if (*ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK) |
5396 | { |
5397 | int i, set, unset, namelen; |
5398 | int *optset; |
5399 | const uschar *name; |
5400 | uschar *slot; |
5401 | |
5402 | switch (*(++ptr)) |
5403 | { |
5404 | case CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN: /* Comment; skip to ket */ |
5405 | ptr++; |
5406 | while (*ptr != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++; |
5407 | if (*ptr == 0) |
5408 | { |
5409 | *errorcodeptr = ERR18; |
5410 | goto FAILED; |
5411 | } |
5412 | continue; |
5413 | |
5414 | |
5415 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
5416 | case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE: /* Reset capture count for each branch */ |
5417 | reset_bracount = TRUE; |
5418 | /* Fall through */ |
5419 | |
5420 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
5421 | case CHAR_COLON: /* Non-capturing bracket */ |
5422 | bravalue = OP_BRA; |
5423 | ptr++; |
5424 | break; |
5425 | |
5426 | |
5427 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
5428 | case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS: |
5429 | bravalue = OP_COND; /* Conditional group */ |
5430 | |
5431 | /* A condition can be an assertion, a number (referring to a numbered |
5432 | group), a name (referring to a named group), or 'R', referring to |
5433 | recursion. R<digits> and R&name are also permitted for recursion tests. |
5434 | |
5435 | There are several syntaxes for testing a named group: (?(name)) is used |
5436 | by Python; Perl 5.10 onwards uses (?(<name>) or (?('name')). |
5437 | |
5438 | There are two unfortunate ambiguities, caused by history. (a) 'R' can |
5439 | be the recursive thing or the name 'R' (and similarly for 'R' followed |
5440 | by digits), and (b) a number could be a name that consists of digits. |
5441 | In both cases, we look for a name first; if not found, we try the other |
5442 | cases. */ |
5443 | |
5444 | /* For conditions that are assertions, check the syntax, and then exit |
5445 | the switch. This will take control down to where bracketed groups, |
5446 | including assertions, are processed. */ |
5447 | |
5448 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && (ptr[2] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN || |
5449 | ptr[2] == CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK || ptr[2] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)) |
5450 | break; |
5451 | |
5452 | /* Most other conditions use OP_CREF (a couple change to OP_RREF |
5453 | below), and all need to skip 3 bytes at the start of the group. */ |
5454 | |
5455 | code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_CREF; |
5456 | skipbytes = 3; |
5457 | refsign = -1; |
5458 | |
5459 | /* Check for a test for recursion in a named group. */ |
5460 | |
5461 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_R && ptr[2] == CHAR_AMPERSAND) |
5462 | { |
5463 | terminator = -1; |
5464 | ptr += 2; |
5465 | code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF; /* Change the type of test */ |
5466 | } |
5467 | |
5468 | /* Check for a test for a named group's having been set, using the Perl |
5469 | syntax (?(<name>) or (?('name') */ |
5470 | |
5471 | else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) |
5472 | { |
5473 | terminator = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN; |
5474 | ptr++; |
5475 | } |
5476 | else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE) |
5477 | { |
5478 | terminator = CHAR_APOSTROPHE; |
5479 | ptr++; |
5480 | } |
5481 | else |
5482 | { |
5483 | terminator = 0; |
5484 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS || ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS) refsign = *(++ptr); |
5485 | } |
5486 | |
5487 | /* We now expect to read a name; any thing else is an error */ |
5488 | |
5489 | if ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) == 0) |
5490 | { |
5491 | ptr += 1; /* To get the right offset */ |
5492 | *errorcodeptr = ERR28; |
5493 | goto FAILED; |
5494 | } |
5495 | |
5496 | /* Read the name, but also get it as a number if it's all digits */ |
5497 | |
5498 | recno = 0; |
5499 | name = ++ptr; |
5500 | while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) |
5501 | { |
5502 | if (recno >= 0) |
5503 | recno = ((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) != 0)? |
5504 | recno * 10 + *ptr - CHAR_0 : -1; |
5505 | ptr++; |
5506 | } |
5507 | namelen = (int)(ptr - name); |
5508 | |
5509 | if ((terminator > 0 && *ptr++ != terminator) || |
5510 | *ptr++ != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
5511 | { |
5512 | ptr--; /* Error offset */ |
5513 | *errorcodeptr = ERR26; |
5514 | goto FAILED; |
5515 | } |
5516 | |
5517 | /* Do no further checking in the pre-compile phase. */ |
5518 | |
5519 | if (lengthptr != NULL) break; |
5520 | |
5521 | /* In the real compile we do the work of looking for the actual |
5522 | reference. If the string started with "+" or "-" we require the rest to |
5523 | be digits, in which case recno will be set. */ |
5524 | |
5525 | if (refsign > 0) |
5526 | { |
5527 | if (recno <= 0) |
5528 | { |
5529 | *errorcodeptr = ERR58; |
5530 | goto FAILED; |
5531 | } |
5532 | recno = (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)? |
5533 | cd->bracount - recno + 1 : recno +cd->bracount; |
5534 | if (recno <= 0 || recno > cd->final_bracount) |
5535 | { |
5536 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
5537 | goto FAILED; |
5538 | } |
5539 | PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno); |
5540 | break; |
5541 | } |
5542 | |
5543 | /* Otherwise (did not start with "+" or "-"), start by looking for the |
5544 | name. If we find a name, add one to the opcode to change OP_CREF or |
5545 | OP_RREF into OP_NCREF or OP_NRREF. These behave exactly the same, |
5546 | except they record that the reference was originally to a name. The |
5547 | information is used to check duplicate names. */ |
5548 | |
5549 | slot = cd->name_table; |
5550 | for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++) |
5551 | { |
5552 | if (strncmp((char *)name, (char *)slot+2, namelen) == 0) break; |
5553 | slot += cd->name_entry_size; |
5554 | } |
5555 | |
5556 | /* Found a previous named subpattern */ |
5557 | |
5558 | if (i < cd->names_found) |
5559 | { |
5560 | recno = GET2(slot, 0); |
5561 | PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno); |
5562 | code[1+LINK_SIZE]++; |
5563 | } |
5564 | |
5565 | /* Search the pattern for a forward reference */ |
5566 | |
5567 | else if ((i = find_parens(cd, name, namelen, |
5568 | (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0, utf8)) > 0) |
5569 | { |
5570 | PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, i); |
5571 | code[1+LINK_SIZE]++; |
5572 | } |
5573 | |
5574 | /* If terminator == 0 it means that the name followed directly after |
5575 | the opening parenthesis [e.g. (?(abc)...] and in this case there are |
5576 | some further alternatives to try. For the cases where terminator != 0 |
5577 | [things like (?(<name>... or (?('name')... or (?(R&name)... ] we have |
5578 | now checked all the possibilities, so give an error. */ |
5579 | |
5580 | else if (terminator != 0) |
5581 | { |
5582 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
5583 | goto FAILED; |
5584 | } |
5585 | |
5586 | /* Check for (?(R) for recursion. Allow digits after R to specify a |
5587 | specific group number. */ |
5588 | |
5589 | else if (*name == CHAR_R) |
5590 | { |
5591 | recno = 0; |
5592 | for (i = 1; i < namelen; i++) |
5593 | { |
5594 | if ((digitab[name[i]] & ctype_digit) == 0) |
5595 | { |
5596 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
5597 | goto FAILED; |
5598 | } |
5599 | recno = recno * 10 + name[i] - CHAR_0; |
5600 | } |
5601 | if (recno == 0) recno = RREF_ANY; |
5602 | code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF; /* Change test type */ |
5603 | PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno); |
5604 | } |
5605 | |
5606 | /* Similarly, check for the (?(DEFINE) "condition", which is always |
5607 | false. */ |
5608 | |
5609 | else if (namelen == 6 && strncmp((char *)name, STRING_DEFINE, 6) == 0) |
5610 | { |
5611 | code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_DEF; |
5612 | skipbytes = 1; |
5613 | } |
5614 | |
5615 | /* Check for the "name" actually being a subpattern number. We are |
5616 | in the second pass here, so final_bracount is set. */ |
5617 | |
5618 | else if (recno > 0 && recno <= cd->final_bracount) |
5619 | { |
5620 | PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno); |
5621 | } |
5622 | |
5623 | /* Either an unidentified subpattern, or a reference to (?(0) */ |
5624 | |
5625 | else |
5626 | { |
5627 | *errorcodeptr = (recno == 0)? ERR35: ERR15; |
5628 | goto FAILED; |
5629 | } |
5630 | break; |
5631 | |
5632 | |
5633 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
5634 | case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN: /* Positive lookahead */ |
5635 | bravalue = OP_ASSERT; |
5636 | cd->assert_depth += 1; |
5637 | ptr++; |
5638 | break; |
5639 | |
5640 | |
5641 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
5642 | case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK: /* Negative lookahead */ |
5643 | ptr++; |
5644 | if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) /* Optimize (?!) */ |
5645 | { |
5646 | *code++ = OP_FAIL; |
5647 | previous = NULL; |
5648 | continue; |
5649 | } |
5650 | bravalue = OP_ASSERT_NOT; |
5651 | cd->assert_depth += 1; |
5652 | break; |
5653 | |
5654 | |
5655 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
5656 | case CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN: /* Lookbehind or named define */ |
5657 | switch (ptr[1]) |
5658 | { |
5659 | case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN: /* Positive lookbehind */ |
5660 | bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK; |
5661 | cd->assert_depth += 1; |
5662 | ptr += 2; |
5663 | break; |
5664 | |
5665 | case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK: /* Negative lookbehind */ |
5666 | bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT; |
5667 | cd->assert_depth += 1; |
5668 | ptr += 2; |
5669 | break; |
5670 | |
5671 | default: /* Could be name define, else bad */ |
5672 | if ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) != 0) goto DEFINE_NAME; |
5673 | ptr++; /* Correct offset for error */ |
5674 | *errorcodeptr = ERR24; |
5675 | goto FAILED; |
5676 | } |
5677 | break; |
5678 | |
5679 | |
5680 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
5681 | case CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN: /* One-time brackets */ |
5682 | bravalue = OP_ONCE; |
5683 | ptr++; |
5684 | break; |
5685 | |
5686 | |
5687 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
5688 | case CHAR_C: /* Callout - may be followed by digits; */ |
5689 | previous_callout = code; /* Save for later completion */ |
5690 | after_manual_callout = 1; /* Skip one item before completing */ |
5691 | *code++ = OP_CALLOUT; |
5692 | { |
5693 | int n = 0; |
5694 | while ((digitab[*(++ptr)] & ctype_digit) != 0) |
5695 | n = n * 10 + *ptr - CHAR_0; |
5696 | if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
5697 | { |
5698 | *errorcodeptr = ERR39; |
5699 | goto FAILED; |
5700 | } |
5701 | if (n > 255) |
5702 | { |
5703 | *errorcodeptr = ERR38; |
5704 | goto FAILED; |
5705 | } |
5706 | *code++ = n; |
5707 | PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern + 1)); /* Pattern offset */ |
5708 | PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */ |
5709 | code += 2 * LINK_SIZE; |
5710 | } |
5711 | previous = NULL; |
5712 | continue; |
5713 | |
5714 | |
5715 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
5716 | case CHAR_P: /* Python-style named subpattern handling */ |
5717 | if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN || |
5718 | *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN) /* Reference or recursion */ |
5719 | { |
5720 | is_recurse = *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN; |
5721 | terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS; |
5722 | goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE; |
5723 | } |
5724 | else if (*ptr != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) /* Test for Python-style defn */ |
5725 | { |
5726 | *errorcodeptr = ERR41; |
5727 | goto FAILED; |
5728 | } |
5729 | /* Fall through to handle (?P< as (?< is handled */ |
5730 | |
5731 | |
5732 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
5733 | DEFINE_NAME: /* Come here from (?< handling */ |
5734 | case CHAR_APOSTROPHE: |
5735 | { |
5736 | terminator = (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)? |
5737 | CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE; |
5738 | name = ++ptr; |
5739 | |
5740 | while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++; |
5741 | namelen = (int)(ptr - name); |
5742 | |
5743 | /* In the pre-compile phase, just do a syntax check. */ |
5744 | |
5745 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
5746 | { |
5747 | if (*ptr != terminator) |
5748 | { |
5749 | *errorcodeptr = ERR42; |
5750 | goto FAILED; |
5751 | } |
5752 | if (cd->names_found >= MAX_NAME_COUNT) |
5753 | { |
5754 | *errorcodeptr = ERR49; |
5755 | goto FAILED; |
5756 | } |
5757 | if (namelen + 3 > cd->name_entry_size) |
5758 | { |
5759 | cd->name_entry_size = namelen + 3; |
5760 | if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE) |
5761 | { |
5762 | *errorcodeptr = ERR48; |
5763 | goto FAILED; |
5764 | } |
5765 | } |
5766 | } |
5767 | |
5768 | /* In the real compile, create the entry in the table, maintaining |
5769 | alphabetical order. Duplicate names for different numbers are |
5770 | permitted only if PCRE_DUPNAMES is set. Duplicate names for the same |
5771 | number are always OK. (An existing number can be re-used if (?| |
5772 | appears in the pattern.) In either event, a duplicate name results in |
5773 | a duplicate entry in the table, even if the number is the same. This |
5774 | is because the number of names, and hence the table size, is computed |
5775 | in the pre-compile, and it affects various numbers and pointers which |
5776 | would all have to be modified, and the compiled code moved down, if |
5777 | duplicates with the same number were omitted from the table. This |
5778 | doesn't seem worth the hassle. However, *different* names for the |
5779 | same number are not permitted. */ |
5780 | |
5781 | else |
5782 | { |
5783 | BOOL dupname = FALSE; |
5784 | slot = cd->name_table; |
5785 | |
5786 | for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++) |
5787 | { |
5788 | int crc = memcmp(name, slot+2, namelen); |
5789 | if (crc == 0) |
5790 | { |
5791 | if (slot[2+namelen] == 0) |
5792 | { |
5793 | if (GET2(slot, 0) != cd->bracount + 1 && |
5794 | (options & PCRE_DUPNAMES) == 0) |
5795 | { |
5796 | *errorcodeptr = ERR43; |
5797 | goto FAILED; |
5798 | } |
5799 | else dupname = TRUE; |
5800 | } |
5801 | else crc = -1; /* Current name is a substring */ |
5802 | } |
5803 | |
5804 | /* Make space in the table and break the loop for an earlier |
5805 | name. For a duplicate or later name, carry on. We do this for |
5806 | duplicates so that in the simple case (when ?(| is not used) they |
5807 | are in order of their numbers. */ |
5808 | |
5809 | if (crc < 0) |
5810 | { |
5811 | memmove(slot + cd->name_entry_size, slot, |
5812 | (cd->names_found - i) * cd->name_entry_size); |
5813 | break; |
5814 | } |
5815 | |
5816 | /* Continue the loop for a later or duplicate name */ |
5817 | |
5818 | slot += cd->name_entry_size; |
5819 | } |
5820 | |
5821 | /* For non-duplicate names, check for a duplicate number before |
5822 | adding the new name. */ |
5823 | |
5824 | if (!dupname) |
5825 | { |
5826 | uschar *cslot = cd->name_table; |
5827 | for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++) |
5828 | { |
5829 | if (cslot != slot) |
5830 | { |
5831 | if (GET2(cslot, 0) == cd->bracount + 1) |
5832 | { |
5833 | *errorcodeptr = ERR65; |
5834 | goto FAILED; |
5835 | } |
5836 | } |
5837 | else i--; |
5838 | cslot += cd->name_entry_size; |
5839 | } |
5840 | } |
5841 | |
5842 | PUT2(slot, 0, cd->bracount + 1); |
5843 | memcpy(slot + 2, name, namelen); |
5844 | slot[2+namelen] = 0; |
5845 | } |
5846 | } |
5847 | |
5848 | /* In both pre-compile and compile, count the number of names we've |
5849 | encountered. */ |
5850 | |
5851 | cd->names_found++; |
5852 | ptr++; /* Move past > or ' */ |
5853 | goto NUMBERED_GROUP; |
5854 | |
5855 | |
5856 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
5857 | case CHAR_AMPERSAND: /* Perl recursion/subroutine syntax */ |
5858 | terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS; |
5859 | is_recurse = TRUE; |
5860 | /* Fall through */ |
5861 | |
5862 | /* We come here from the Python syntax above that handles both |
5863 | references (?P=name) and recursion (?P>name), as well as falling |
5864 | through from the Perl recursion syntax (?&name). We also come here from |
5865 | the Perl \k<name> or \k'name' back reference syntax and the \k{name} |
5866 | .NET syntax, and the Oniguruma \g<...> and \g'...' subroutine syntax. */ |
5867 | |
5868 | NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE: |
5869 | name = ++ptr; |
5870 | while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++; |
5871 | namelen = (int)(ptr - name); |
5872 | |
5873 | /* In the pre-compile phase, do a syntax check. We used to just set |
5874 | a dummy reference number, because it was not used in the first pass. |
5875 | However, with the change of recursive back references to be atomic, |
5876 | we have to look for the number so that this state can be identified, as |
5877 | otherwise the incorrect length is computed. If it's not a backwards |
5878 | reference, the dummy number will do. */ |
5879 | |
5880 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
5881 | { |
5882 | const uschar *temp; |
5883 | |
5884 | if (namelen == 0) |
5885 | { |
5886 | *errorcodeptr = ERR62; |
5887 | goto FAILED; |
5888 | } |
5889 | if (*ptr != terminator) |
5890 | { |
5891 | *errorcodeptr = ERR42; |
5892 | goto FAILED; |
5893 | } |
5894 | if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE) |
5895 | { |
5896 | *errorcodeptr = ERR48; |
5897 | goto FAILED; |
5898 | } |
5899 | |
5900 | /* The name table does not exist in the first pass, so we cannot |
5901 | do a simple search as in the code below. Instead, we have to scan the |
5902 | pattern to find the number. It is important that we scan it only as |
5903 | far as we have got because the syntax of named subpatterns has not |
5904 | been checked for the rest of the pattern, and find_parens() assumes |
5905 | correct syntax. In any case, it's a waste of resources to scan |
5906 | further. We stop the scan at the current point by temporarily |
5907 | adjusting the value of cd->endpattern. */ |
5908 | |
5909 | temp = cd->end_pattern; |
5910 | cd->end_pattern = ptr; |
5911 | recno = find_parens(cd, name, namelen, |
5912 | (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0, utf8); |
5913 | cd->end_pattern = temp; |
5914 | if (recno < 0) recno = 0; /* Forward ref; set dummy number */ |
5915 | } |
5916 | |
5917 | /* In the real compile, seek the name in the table. We check the name |
5918 | first, and then check that we have reached the end of the name in the |
5919 | table. That way, if the name that is longer than any in the table, |
5920 | the comparison will fail without reading beyond the table entry. */ |
5921 | |
5922 | else |
5923 | { |
5924 | slot = cd->name_table; |
5925 | for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++) |
5926 | { |
5927 | if (strncmp((char *)name, (char *)slot+2, namelen) == 0 && |
5928 | slot[2+namelen] == 0) |
5929 | break; |
5930 | slot += cd->name_entry_size; |
5931 | } |
5932 | |
5933 | if (i < cd->names_found) /* Back reference */ |
5934 | { |
5935 | recno = GET2(slot, 0); |
5936 | } |
5937 | else if ((recno = /* Forward back reference */ |
5938 | find_parens(cd, name, namelen, |
5939 | (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0, utf8)) <= 0) |
5940 | { |
5941 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
5942 | goto FAILED; |
5943 | } |
5944 | } |
5945 | |
5946 | /* In both phases, we can now go to the code than handles numerical |
5947 | recursion or backreferences. */ |
5948 | |
5949 | if (is_recurse) goto HANDLE_RECURSION; |
5950 | else goto HANDLE_REFERENCE; |
5951 | |
5952 | |
5953 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
5954 | case CHAR_R: /* Recursion */ |
5955 | ptr++; /* Same as (?0) */ |
5956 | /* Fall through */ |
5957 | |
5958 | |
5959 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
5960 | case CHAR_MINUS: case CHAR_PLUS: /* Recursion or subroutine */ |
5961 | case CHAR_0: case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: |
5962 | case CHAR_5: case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9: |
5963 | { |
5964 | const uschar *called; |
5965 | terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS; |
5966 | |
5967 | /* Come here from the \g<...> and \g'...' code (Oniguruma |
5968 | compatibility). However, the syntax has been checked to ensure that |
5969 | the ... are a (signed) number, so that neither ERR63 nor ERR29 will |
5970 | be called on this path, nor with the jump to OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY |
5971 | ever be taken. */ |
5972 | |
5973 | HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION: |
5974 | |
5975 | if ((refsign = *ptr) == CHAR_PLUS) |
5976 | { |
5977 | ptr++; |
5978 | if ((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) == 0) |
5979 | { |
5980 | *errorcodeptr = ERR63; |
5981 | goto FAILED; |
5982 | } |
5983 | } |
5984 | else if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS) |
5985 | { |
5986 | if ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) == 0) |
5987 | goto OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY; |
5988 | ptr++; |
5989 | } |
5990 | |
5991 | recno = 0; |
5992 | while((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) != 0) |
5993 | recno = recno * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0; |
5994 | |
5995 | if (*ptr != terminator) |
5996 | { |
5997 | *errorcodeptr = ERR29; |
5998 | goto FAILED; |
5999 | } |
6000 | |
6001 | if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS) |
6002 | { |
6003 | if (recno == 0) |
6004 | { |
6005 | *errorcodeptr = ERR58; |
6006 | goto FAILED; |
6007 | } |
6008 | recno = cd->bracount - recno + 1; |
6009 | if (recno <= 0) |
6010 | { |
6011 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
6012 | goto FAILED; |
6013 | } |
6014 | } |
6015 | else if (refsign == CHAR_PLUS) |
6016 | { |
6017 | if (recno == 0) |
6018 | { |
6019 | *errorcodeptr = ERR58; |
6020 | goto FAILED; |
6021 | } |
6022 | recno += cd->bracount; |
6023 | } |
6024 | |
6025 | /* Come here from code above that handles a named recursion */ |
6026 | |
6027 | HANDLE_RECURSION: |
6028 | |
6029 | previous = code; |
6030 | called = cd->start_code; |
6031 | |
6032 | /* When we are actually compiling, find the bracket that is being |
6033 | referenced. Temporarily end the regex in case it doesn't exist before |
6034 | this point. If we end up with a forward reference, first check that |
6035 | the bracket does occur later so we can give the error (and position) |
6036 | now. Then remember this forward reference in the workspace so it can |
6037 | be filled in at the end. */ |
6038 | |
6039 | if (lengthptr == NULL) |
6040 | { |
6041 | *code = OP_END; |
6042 | if (recno != 0) |
6043 | called = _pcre_find_bracket(cd->start_code, utf8, recno); |
6044 | |
6045 | /* Forward reference */ |
6046 | |
6047 | if (called == NULL) |
6048 | { |
6049 | if (find_parens(cd, NULL, recno, |
6050 | (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0, utf8) < 0) |
6051 | { |
6052 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
6053 | goto FAILED; |
6054 | } |
6055 | |
6056 | /* Fudge the value of "called" so that when it is inserted as an |
6057 | offset below, what it actually inserted is the reference number |
6058 | of the group. Then remember the forward reference. */ |
6059 | |
6060 | called = cd->start_code + recno; |
6061 | if (cd->hwm >= cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
6062 | WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) |
6063 | { |
6064 | *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd); |
6065 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
6066 | } |
6067 | PUTINC(cd->hwm, 0, (int)(code + 1 - cd->start_code)); |
6068 | } |
6069 | |
6070 | /* If not a forward reference, and the subpattern is still open, |
6071 | this is a recursive call. We check to see if this is a left |
6072 | recursion that could loop for ever, and diagnose that case. We |
6073 | must not, however, do this check if we are in a conditional |
6074 | subpattern because the condition might be testing for recursion in |
6075 | a pattern such as /(?(R)a+|(?R)b)/, which is perfectly valid. |
6076 | Forever loops are also detected at runtime, so those that occur in |
6077 | conditional subpatterns will be picked up then. */ |
6078 | |
6079 | else if (GET(called, 1) == 0 && cond_depth <= 0 && |
6080 | could_be_empty(called, code, bcptr, utf8, cd)) |
6081 | { |
6082 | *errorcodeptr = ERR40; |
6083 | goto FAILED; |
6084 | } |
6085 | } |
6086 | |
6087 | /* Insert the recursion/subroutine item. It does not have a set first |
6088 | byte (relevant if it is repeated, because it will then be wrapped |
6089 | with ONCE brackets). */ |
6090 | |
6091 | *code = OP_RECURSE; |
6092 | PUT(code, 1, (int)(called - cd->start_code)); |
6093 | code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
6094 | groupsetfirstbyte = FALSE; |
6095 | } |
6096 | |
6097 | /* Can't determine a first byte now */ |
6098 | |
6099 | if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE; |
6100 | continue; |
6101 | |
6102 | |
6103 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
6104 | default: /* Other characters: check option setting */ |
6105 | OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY: |
6106 | set = unset = 0; |
6107 | optset = &set; |
6108 | |
6109 | while (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS && *ptr != CHAR_COLON) |
6110 | { |
6111 | switch (*ptr++) |
6112 | { |
6113 | case CHAR_MINUS: optset = &unset; break; |
6114 | |
6115 | case CHAR_J: /* Record that it changed in the external options */ |
6116 | *optset |= PCRE_DUPNAMES; |
6117 | cd->external_flags |= PCRE_JCHANGED; |
6118 | break; |
6119 | |
6120 | case CHAR_i: *optset |= PCRE_CASELESS; break; |
6121 | case CHAR_m: *optset |= PCRE_MULTILINE; break; |
6122 | case CHAR_s: *optset |= PCRE_DOTALL; break; |
6123 | case CHAR_x: *optset |= PCRE_EXTENDED; break; |
6124 | case CHAR_U: *optset |= PCRE_UNGREEDY; break; |
6125 | case CHAR_X: *optset |= PCRE_EXTRA; break; |
6126 | |
6127 | default: *errorcodeptr = ERR12; |
6128 | ptr--; /* Correct the offset */ |
6129 | goto FAILED; |
6130 | } |
6131 | } |
6132 | |
6133 | /* Set up the changed option bits, but don't change anything yet. */ |
6134 | |
6135 | newoptions = (options | set) & (~unset); |
6136 | |
6137 | /* If the options ended with ')' this is not the start of a nested |
6138 | group with option changes, so the options change at this level. If this |
6139 | item is right at the start of the pattern, the options can be |
6140 | abstracted and made external in the pre-compile phase, and ignored in |
6141 | the compile phase. This can be helpful when matching -- for instance in |
6142 | caseless checking of required bytes. |
6143 | |
6144 | If the code pointer is not (cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), we are |
6145 | definitely *not* at the start of the pattern because something has been |
6146 | compiled. In the pre-compile phase, however, the code pointer can have |
6147 | that value after the start, because it gets reset as code is discarded |
6148 | during the pre-compile. However, this can happen only at top level - if |
6149 | we are within parentheses, the starting BRA will still be present. At |
6150 | any parenthesis level, the length value can be used to test if anything |
6151 | has been compiled at that level. Thus, a test for both these conditions |
6152 | is necessary to ensure we correctly detect the start of the pattern in |
6153 | both phases. |
6154 | |
6155 | If we are not at the pattern start, reset the greedy defaults and the |
6156 | case value for firstbyte and reqbyte. */ |
6157 | |
6158 | if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
6159 | { |
6160 | if (code == cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE && |
6161 | (lengthptr == NULL || *lengthptr == 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE)) |
6162 | { |
6163 | cd->external_options = newoptions; |
6164 | } |
6165 | else |
6166 | { |
6167 | greedy_default = ((newoptions & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0); |
6168 | greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1; |
6169 | req_caseopt = ((newoptions & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS : 0; |
6170 | } |
6171 | |
6172 | /* Change options at this level, and pass them back for use |
6173 | in subsequent branches. */ |
6174 | |
6175 | *optionsptr = options = newoptions; |
6176 | previous = NULL; /* This item can't be repeated */ |
6177 | continue; /* It is complete */ |
6178 | } |
6179 | |
6180 | /* If the options ended with ':' we are heading into a nested group |
6181 | with possible change of options. Such groups are non-capturing and are |
6182 | not assertions of any kind. All we need to do is skip over the ':'; |
6183 | the newoptions value is handled below. */ |
6184 | |
6185 | bravalue = OP_BRA; |
6186 | ptr++; |
6187 | } /* End of switch for character following (? */ |
6188 | } /* End of (? handling */ |
6189 | |
6190 | /* Opening parenthesis not followed by '*' or '?'. If PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE |
6191 | is set, all unadorned brackets become non-capturing and behave like (?:...) |
6192 | brackets. */ |
6193 | |
6194 | else if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE) != 0) |
6195 | { |
6196 | bravalue = OP_BRA; |
6197 | } |
6198 | |
6199 | /* Else we have a capturing group. */ |
6200 | |
6201 | else |
6202 | { |
6203 | NUMBERED_GROUP: |
6204 | cd->bracount += 1; |
6205 | PUT2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE, cd->bracount); |
6206 | skipbytes = 2; |
6207 | } |
6208 | |
6209 | /* Process nested bracketed regex. Assertions used not to be repeatable, |
6210 | but this was changed for Perl compatibility, so all kinds can now be |
6211 | repeated. We copy code into a non-register variable (tempcode) in order to |
6212 | be able to pass its address because some compilers complain otherwise. */ |
6213 | |
6214 | previous = code; /* For handling repetition */ |
6215 | *code = bravalue; |
6216 | tempcode = code; |
6217 | tempreqvary = cd->req_varyopt; /* Save value before bracket */ |
6218 | tempbracount = cd->bracount; /* Save value before bracket */ |
6219 | length_prevgroup = 0; /* Initialize for pre-compile phase */ |
6220 | |
6221 | if (!compile_regex( |
6222 | newoptions, /* The complete new option state */ |
6223 | &tempcode, /* Where to put code (updated) */ |
6224 | &ptr, /* Input pointer (updated) */ |
6225 | errorcodeptr, /* Where to put an error message */ |
6226 | (bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK || |
6227 | bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT), /* TRUE if back assert */ |
6228 | reset_bracount, /* True if (?| group */ |
6229 | skipbytes, /* Skip over bracket number */ |
6230 | cond_depth + |
6231 | ((bravalue == OP_COND)?1:0), /* Depth of condition subpatterns */ |
6232 | &subfirstbyte, /* For possible first char */ |
6233 | &subreqbyte, /* For possible last char */ |
6234 | bcptr, /* Current branch chain */ |
6235 | cd, /* Tables block */ |
6236 | (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : /* Actual compile phase */ |
6237 | &length_prevgroup /* Pre-compile phase */ |
6238 | )) |
6239 | goto FAILED; |
6240 | |
6241 | /* If this was an atomic group and there are no capturing groups within it, |
6242 | generate OP_ONCE_NC instead of OP_ONCE. */ |
6243 | |
6244 | if (bravalue == OP_ONCE && cd->bracount <= tempbracount) |
6245 | *code = OP_ONCE_NC; |
6246 | |
6247 | if (bravalue >= OP_ASSERT && bravalue <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) |
6248 | cd->assert_depth -= 1; |
6249 | |
6250 | /* At the end of compiling, code is still pointing to the start of the |
6251 | group, while tempcode has been updated to point past the end of the group. |
6252 | The pattern pointer (ptr) is on the bracket. |
6253 | |
6254 | If this is a conditional bracket, check that there are no more than |
6255 | two branches in the group, or just one if it's a DEFINE group. We do this |
6256 | in the real compile phase, not in the pre-pass, where the whole group may |
6257 | not be available. */ |
6258 | |
6259 | if (bravalue == OP_COND && lengthptr == NULL) |
6260 | { |
6261 | uschar *tc = code; |
6262 | int condcount = 0; |
6263 | |
6264 | do { |
6265 | condcount++; |
6266 | tc += GET(tc,1); |
6267 | } |
6268 | while (*tc != OP_KET); |
6269 | |
6270 | /* A DEFINE group is never obeyed inline (the "condition" is always |
6271 | false). It must have only one branch. */ |
6272 | |
6273 | if (code[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF) |
6274 | { |
6275 | if (condcount > 1) |
6276 | { |
6277 | *errorcodeptr = ERR54; |
6278 | goto FAILED; |
6279 | } |
6280 | bravalue = OP_DEF; /* Just a flag to suppress char handling below */ |
6281 | } |
6282 | |
6283 | /* A "normal" conditional group. If there is just one branch, we must not |
6284 | make use of its firstbyte or reqbyte, because this is equivalent to an |
6285 | empty second branch. */ |
6286 | |
6287 | else |
6288 | { |
6289 | if (condcount > 2) |
6290 | { |
6291 | *errorcodeptr = ERR27; |
6292 | goto FAILED; |
6293 | } |
6294 | if (condcount == 1) subfirstbyte = subreqbyte = REQ_NONE; |
6295 | } |
6296 | } |
6297 | |
6298 | /* Error if hit end of pattern */ |
6299 | |
6300 | if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
6301 | { |
6302 | *errorcodeptr = ERR14; |
6303 | goto FAILED; |
6304 | } |
6305 | |
6306 | /* In the pre-compile phase, update the length by the length of the group, |
6307 | less the brackets at either end. Then reduce the compiled code to just a |
6308 | set of non-capturing brackets so that it doesn't use much memory if it is |
6309 | duplicated by a quantifier.*/ |
6310 | |
6311 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
6312 | { |
6313 | if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE) |
6314 | { |
6315 | *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
6316 | goto FAILED; |
6317 | } |
6318 | *lengthptr += length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE; |
6319 | code++; /* This already contains bravalue */ |
6320 | PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE); |
6321 | *code++ = OP_KET; |
6322 | PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE); |
6323 | break; /* No need to waste time with special character handling */ |
6324 | } |
6325 | |
6326 | /* Otherwise update the main code pointer to the end of the group. */ |
6327 | |
6328 | code = tempcode; |
6329 | |
6330 | /* For a DEFINE group, required and first character settings are not |
6331 | relevant. */ |
6332 | |
6333 | if (bravalue == OP_DEF) break; |
6334 | |
6335 | /* Handle updating of the required and first characters for other types of |
6336 | group. Update for normal brackets of all kinds, and conditions with two |
6337 | branches (see code above). If the bracket is followed by a quantifier with |
6338 | zero repeat, we have to back off. Hence the definition of zeroreqbyte and |
6339 | zerofirstbyte outside the main loop so that they can be accessed for the |
6340 | back off. */ |
6341 | |
6342 | zeroreqbyte = reqbyte; |
6343 | zerofirstbyte = firstbyte; |
6344 | groupsetfirstbyte = FALSE; |
6345 | |
6346 | if (bravalue >= OP_ONCE) |
6347 | { |
6348 | /* If we have not yet set a firstbyte in this branch, take it from the |
6349 | subpattern, remembering that it was set here so that a repeat of more |
6350 | than one can replicate it as reqbyte if necessary. If the subpattern has |
6351 | no firstbyte, set "none" for the whole branch. In both cases, a zero |
6352 | repeat forces firstbyte to "none". */ |
6353 | |
6354 | if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) |
6355 | { |
6356 | if (subfirstbyte >= 0) |
6357 | { |
6358 | firstbyte = subfirstbyte; |
6359 | groupsetfirstbyte = TRUE; |
6360 | } |
6361 | else firstbyte = REQ_NONE; |
6362 | zerofirstbyte = REQ_NONE; |
6363 | } |
6364 | |
6365 | /* If firstbyte was previously set, convert the subpattern's firstbyte |
6366 | into reqbyte if there wasn't one, using the vary flag that was in |
6367 | existence beforehand. */ |
6368 | |
6369 | else if (subfirstbyte >= 0 && subreqbyte < 0) |
6370 | subreqbyte = subfirstbyte | tempreqvary; |
6371 | |
6372 | /* If the subpattern set a required byte (or set a first byte that isn't |
6373 | really the first byte - see above), set it. */ |
6374 | |
6375 | if (subreqbyte >= 0) reqbyte = subreqbyte; |
6376 | } |
6377 | |
6378 | /* For a forward assertion, we take the reqbyte, if set. This can be |
6379 | helpful if the pattern that follows the assertion doesn't set a different |
6380 | char. For example, it's useful for /(?=abcde).+/. We can't set firstbyte |
6381 | for an assertion, however because it leads to incorrect effect for patterns |
6382 | such as /(?=a)a.+/ when the "real" "a" would then become a reqbyte instead |
6383 | of a firstbyte. This is overcome by a scan at the end if there's no |
6384 | firstbyte, looking for an asserted first char. */ |
6385 | |
6386 | else if (bravalue == OP_ASSERT && subreqbyte >= 0) reqbyte = subreqbyte; |
6387 | break; /* End of processing '(' */ |
6388 | |
6389 | |
6390 | /* ===================================================================*/ |
6391 | /* Handle metasequences introduced by \. For ones like \d, the ESC_ values |
6392 | are arranged to be the negation of the corresponding OP_values in the |
6393 | default case when PCRE_UCP is not set. For the back references, the values |
6394 | are ESC_REF plus the reference number. Only back references and those types |
6395 | that consume a character may be repeated. We can test for values between |
6396 | ESC_b and ESC_Z for the latter; this may have to change if any new ones are |
6397 | ever created. */ |
6398 | |
6399 | case CHAR_BACKSLASH: |
6400 | tempptr = ptr; |
6401 | c = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, FALSE); |
6402 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
6403 | |
6404 | if (c < 0) |
6405 | { |
6406 | if (-c == ESC_Q) /* Handle start of quoted string */ |
6407 | { |
6408 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E) |
6409 | ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */ |
6410 | else inescq = TRUE; |
6411 | continue; |
6412 | } |
6413 | |
6414 | if (-c == ESC_E) continue; /* Perl ignores an orphan \E */ |
6415 | |
6416 | /* For metasequences that actually match a character, we disable the |
6417 | setting of a first character if it hasn't already been set. */ |
6418 | |
6419 | if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET && -c > ESC_b && -c < ESC_Z) |
6420 | firstbyte = REQ_NONE; |
6421 | |
6422 | /* Set values to reset to if this is followed by a zero repeat. */ |
6423 | |
6424 | zerofirstbyte = firstbyte; |
6425 | zeroreqbyte = reqbyte; |
6426 | |
6427 | /* \g<name> or \g'name' is a subroutine call by name and \g<n> or \g'n' |
6428 | is a subroutine call by number (Oniguruma syntax). In fact, the value |
6429 | -ESC_g is returned only for these cases. So we don't need to check for < |
6430 | or ' if the value is -ESC_g. For the Perl syntax \g{n} the value is |
6431 | -ESC_REF+n, and for the Perl syntax \g{name} the result is -ESC_k (as |
6432 | that is a synonym for a named back reference). */ |
6433 | |
6434 | if (-c == ESC_g) |
6435 | { |
6436 | const uschar *p; |
6437 | save_hwm = cd->hwm; /* Normally this is set when '(' is read */ |
6438 | terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)? |
6439 | CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE; |
6440 | |
6441 | /* These two statements stop the compiler for warning about possibly |
6442 | unset variables caused by the jump to HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION. In |
6443 | fact, because we actually check for a number below, the paths that |
6444 | would actually be in error are never taken. */ |
6445 | |
6446 | skipbytes = 0; |
6447 | reset_bracount = FALSE; |
6448 | |
6449 | /* Test for a name */ |
6450 | |
6451 | if (ptr[1] != CHAR_PLUS && ptr[1] != CHAR_MINUS) |
6452 | { |
6453 | BOOL isnumber = TRUE; |
6454 | for (p = ptr + 1; *p != 0 && *p != terminator; p++) |
6455 | { |
6456 | if ((cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_digit) == 0) isnumber = FALSE; |
6457 | if ((cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_word) == 0) break; |
6458 | } |
6459 | if (*p != terminator) |
6460 | { |
6461 | *errorcodeptr = ERR57; |
6462 | break; |
6463 | } |
6464 | if (isnumber) |
6465 | { |
6466 | ptr++; |
6467 | goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION; |
6468 | } |
6469 | is_recurse = TRUE; |
6470 | goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE; |
6471 | } |
6472 | |
6473 | /* Test a signed number in angle brackets or quotes. */ |
6474 | |
6475 | p = ptr + 2; |
6476 | while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++; |
6477 | if (*p != terminator) |
6478 | { |
6479 | *errorcodeptr = ERR57; |
6480 | break; |
6481 | } |
6482 | ptr++; |
6483 | goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION; |
6484 | } |
6485 | |
6486 | /* \k<name> or \k'name' is a back reference by name (Perl syntax). |
6487 | We also support \k{name} (.NET syntax). */ |
6488 | |
6489 | if (-c == ESC_k) |
6490 | { |
6491 | if ((ptr[1] != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN && |
6492 | ptr[1] != CHAR_APOSTROPHE && ptr[1] != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)) |
6493 | { |
6494 | *errorcodeptr = ERR69; |
6495 | break; |
6496 | } |
6497 | is_recurse = FALSE; |
6498 | terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)? |
6499 | CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : (*ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)? |
6500 | CHAR_APOSTROPHE : CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET; |
6501 | goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE; |
6502 | } |
6503 | |
6504 | /* Back references are handled specially; must disable firstbyte if |
6505 | not set to cope with cases like (?=(\w+))\1: which would otherwise set |
6506 | ':' later. */ |
6507 | |
6508 | if (-c >= ESC_REF) |
6509 | { |
6510 | open_capitem *oc; |
6511 | recno = -c - ESC_REF; |
6512 | |
6513 | HANDLE_REFERENCE: /* Come here from named backref handling */ |
6514 | if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE; |
6515 | previous = code; |
6516 | *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_REFI : OP_REF; |
6517 | PUT2INC(code, 0, recno); |
6518 | cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1; |
6519 | if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno; |
6520 | |
6521 | /* Check to see if this back reference is recursive, that it, it |
6522 | is inside the group that it references. A flag is set so that the |
6523 | group can be made atomic. */ |
6524 | |
6525 | for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next) |
6526 | { |
6527 | if (oc->number == recno) |
6528 | { |
6529 | oc->flag = TRUE; |
6530 | break; |
6531 | } |
6532 | } |
6533 | } |
6534 | |
6535 | /* So are Unicode property matches, if supported. */ |
6536 | |
6537 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
6538 | else if (-c == ESC_P || -c == ESC_p) |
6539 | { |
6540 | BOOL negated; |
6541 | int pdata; |
6542 | int ptype = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &pdata, errorcodeptr); |
6543 | if (ptype < 0) goto FAILED; |
6544 | previous = code; |
6545 | *code++ = ((-c == ESC_p) != negated)? OP_PROP : OP_NOTPROP; |
6546 | *code++ = ptype; |
6547 | *code++ = pdata; |
6548 | } |
6549 | #else |
6550 | |
6551 | /* If Unicode properties are not supported, \X, \P, and \p are not |
6552 | allowed. */ |
6553 | |
6554 | else if (-c == ESC_X || -c == ESC_P || -c == ESC_p) |
6555 | { |
6556 | *errorcodeptr = ERR45; |
6557 | goto FAILED; |
6558 | } |
6559 | #endif |
6560 | |
6561 | /* For the rest (including \X when Unicode properties are supported), we |
6562 | can obtain the OP value by negating the escape value in the default |
6563 | situation when PCRE_UCP is not set. When it *is* set, we substitute |
6564 | Unicode property tests. */ |
6565 | |
6566 | else |
6567 | { |
6568 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
6569 | if (-c >= ESC_DU && -c <= ESC_wu) |
6570 | { |
6571 | nestptr = ptr + 1; /* Where to resume */ |
6572 | ptr = substitutes[-c - ESC_DU] - 1; /* Just before substitute */ |
6573 | } |
6574 | else |
6575 | #endif |
6576 | /* In non-UTF-8 mode, we turn \C into OP_ALLANY instead of OP_ANYBYTE |
6577 | so that it works in DFA mode and in lookbehinds. */ |
6578 | |
6579 | { |
6580 | previous = (-c > ESC_b && -c < ESC_Z)? code : NULL; |
6581 | *code++ = (!utf8 && c == -ESC_C)? OP_ALLANY : -c; |
6582 | } |
6583 | } |
6584 | continue; |
6585 | } |
6586 | |
6587 | /* We have a data character whose value is in c. In UTF-8 mode it may have |
6588 | a value > 127. We set its representation in the length/buffer, and then |
6589 | handle it as a data character. */ |
6590 | |
6591 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
6592 | if (utf8 && c > 127) |
6593 | mclength = _pcre_ord2utf8(c, mcbuffer); |
6594 | else |
6595 | #endif |
6596 | |
6597 | { |
6598 | mcbuffer[0] = c; |
6599 | mclength = 1; |
6600 | } |
6601 | goto ONE_CHAR; |
6602 | |
6603 | |
6604 | /* ===================================================================*/ |
6605 | /* Handle a literal character. It is guaranteed not to be whitespace or # |
6606 | when the extended flag is set. If we are in UTF-8 mode, it may be a |
6607 | multi-byte literal character. */ |
6608 | |
6609 | default: |
6610 | NORMAL_CHAR: |
6611 | mclength = 1; |
6612 | mcbuffer[0] = c; |
6613 | |
6614 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 |
6615 | if (utf8 && c >= 0xc0) |
6616 | { |
6617 | while ((ptr[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80) |
6618 | mcbuffer[mclength++] = *(++ptr); |
6619 | } |
6620 | #endif |
6621 | |
6622 | /* At this point we have the character's bytes in mcbuffer, and the length |
6623 | in mclength. When not in UTF-8 mode, the length is always 1. */ |
6624 | |
6625 | ONE_CHAR: |
6626 | previous = code; |
6627 | *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_CHARI : OP_CHAR; |
6628 | for (c = 0; c < mclength; c++) *code++ = mcbuffer[c]; |
6629 | |
6630 | /* Remember if \r or \n were seen */ |
6631 | |
6632 | if (mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_CR || mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_NL) |
6633 | cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF; |
6634 | |
6635 | /* Set the first and required bytes appropriately. If no previous first |
6636 | byte, set it from this character, but revert to none on a zero repeat. |
6637 | Otherwise, leave the firstbyte value alone, and don't change it on a zero |
6638 | repeat. */ |
6639 | |
6640 | if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) |
6641 | { |
6642 | zerofirstbyte = REQ_NONE; |
6643 | zeroreqbyte = reqbyte; |
6644 | |
6645 | /* If the character is more than one byte long, we can set firstbyte |